Document:

Revolving Credit Facility Agreement

 Exhibit 10.3 
 Execution Version 
 NOK 1,500,000,000 

REVOLVING CREDIT FACILITY AGREEMENT 
 dated 7 September 2010 
 for 

Seawell Limited 
 as Borrower 
 arranged by 

Danske Bank A/S 
 as Mandated Lead Arranger and Underwriter 
 provided by 

The banks and financial institutions 
 as Lenders 
 and 

Danske Bank A/S 
 as Agent 
 Bugge, Arentz-Hansen & Rasmussen 

 TABLE OF CONTENTS 

 

							
	 1.
	  	 DEFINITIONS AND INTERPRETATION
	  	 	3	  
	 2.
	  	 THE FACILITY
	  	 	11	  
	 3.
	  	 PURPOSE
	  	 	12	  
	 4.
	  	 CONDITIONS PRECEDENT
	  	 	12	  
	 5.
	  	 DRAWDOWN
	  	 	13	  
	 6.
	  	 BANK GUARANTEES
	  	 	14	  
	 7.
	  	 OPTIONAL CURRENCIES
	  	 	15	  
	 8.
	  	 REPAYMENT
	  	 	16	  
	 9.
	  	 PREPAYMENT AND CANCELLATION
	  	 	16	  
	 10.
	  	 INTEREST
	  	 	19	  
	 11.
	  	 INTEREST PERIODS
	  	 	19	  
	 12.
	  	 CHANGES TO THE CALCULATION OF INTEREST
	  	 	20	  
	 13.
	  	 FEES AND GUARANTEE COMMISSION
	  	 	21	  
	 14.
	  	 TAX GROSS-UP AND INDEMNITIES
	  	 	21	  
	 15.
	  	 INCREASED COSTS
	  	 	22	  
	 16.
	  	 OTHER INDEMNITIES
	  	 	23	  
	 17.
	  	 MITIGATION BY THE LENDERS
	  	 	24	  
	 18.
	  	 COSTS AND EXPENSES
	  	 	25	  
	 19.
	  	 SECURITY
	  	 	25	  
	 20.
	  	 REPRESENTATIONS AND WARRANTIES
	  	 	26	  
	 21.
	  	 INFORMATION UNDERTAKINGS
	  	 	29	  
	 22.
	  	 FINANCIAL COVENANTS
	  	 	31	  
	 23.
	  	 GENERAL UNDERTAKINGS
	  	 	32	  
	 24.
	  	 EVENTS OF DEFAULT
	  	 	35	  
	 25.
	  	 CHANGES TO THE PARTIES
	  	 	37	  
	 26.
	  	 ROLE OF THE AGENT
	  	 	40	  
	 27.
	  	 SHARING AMONG THE FINANCE PARTIES
	  	 	44	  
	 28.
	  	 PAYMENT MECHANICS
	  	 	46	  
	 29.
	  	 SET-OFF
	  	 	48	  
	 30.
	  	 NOTICES
	  	 	48	  
	 31.
	  	 CALCULATIONS
	  	 	49	  
	 32.
	  	 MISCELLANEOUS
	  	 	49	  
	 33.
	  	 GOVERNING LAW AND ENFORCEMENT
	  	 	51	  

 SCHEDULES 

 

			
	 1
	  	 Lenders and Commitments

	 2
	  	 Conditions Precedent

	 3
	  	 Form of Drawdown Notice

	 4
	  	 Form of Utilisation Request

	 5
	  	 Form of Transfer Certificate

	 6
	  	 Form of Compliance Certificate

	 7
	  	 Mandatory Cost Formulae

	 8
	  	 Corporate Structure

  
 2 

 THIS REVOLVING CREDIT FACILITY AGREEMENT is dated 7 September 2010 and made between: 

 

	(1)	 Seawell Limited of Hamilton, Bermuda, with Bermuda registration number 40612, as borrower (the “Borrower”);

  

	(2)	 The banks and financial institutions listed in Schedule 1, as original lenders; 

 

	(3)	 Danske Bank A/S of 75 King William Street London EC4N 7DT as facility agent (the “Agent”); and 

 

	(4)	 Danske Bank A/S, as mandated lead arranger (the “Arranger”) and underwriter (the “Underwriter”).

 IT IS AGREED as follows: 
  

	1.	 DEFINITIONS AND INTERPRETATION 

  

	 	1.1	 Definitions 

 In
this Agreement, unless the context otherwise requires: 
 “Acquisition” means the acquisition of all
outstanding shares (including any preference shares) in ALY intended to take place by way of a merger with the US Subsidiary (the US Subsidiary being the acquiring company), and financed through (directly or indirectly) the issuance of shares in the
Borrower.  
 “Additional Cost Rate” has the meaning given to it in Schedule 7 (Mandatory Cost Formulae);

 “Agent’s Spot Rate of Exchange” means the Agent’s spot rate of exchange for the purchase of the
relevant currency with the Base Currency in the London foreign exchange market at or about 11.am on a particular day. 

“Agreement” means this revolving credit facility agreement, as it may be amended, supplemented and varied from time to
time, including its schedules and any Transfer Certificate. 
 “ALY” means Allis-Chalmers Energy Inc. 

“Applicable Margin” means 2.50% per annum. 
 “Availability Period” means the period from and including the date of this Agreement to and including 30 days prior to the Final Maturity Date. 

“Available Commitment” means (a), in relation to the Facility, a Lender’s Commitment less the amount of its
participation in the Loan(s) and/or (as the case may be for the Issuing Bank) in the Bank Guarantee(s) outstanding thereunder; and b) in relation to any proposed Loan or Utilisation, the amount of a Lender’s Commitment in such Loan or
Utilisation, as the case may be. 

  
 3 

 “Available Facility” means the aggregate for the time being of each
Lender’s Available Commitment in the Facility subject to the limitations set out in Clause 5.2 (Completion of Drawdown Notice). 
 “Bank Guarantee(s)” means any guarantee, indemnity or other instrument for the purpose of the Guarantee Commitment in a form requested by the Borrower and agreed by the Issuing Bank.

 “Base Currency” means NOK. 
 “Base Currency Amount” means, in relation to a Loan, the amount specified in the Drawdown Notice delivered by the Borrower (or, if the amount requested is not denominated in the Base
Currency, that amount converted into the Base Currency at the Agent’s Spot Rate of Exchange on the date which is three days before the Drawdown Date or if later, on the date the Agent receives the Drawdown Notice. 

“Break Costs” means the amount (if any) by which: 
  

	a)	 the interest which a Lender should have received for the period from the date of receipt of all or part of its participation in a Loan or Unpaid Sum
to the last day of the current Interest Period in respect of such Loan or Unpaid Sum, had such Loan or Unpaid Sum been paid on the last day of that Interest Period; exceeds 

 

	b)	 the amount which that Lender would be able to obtain by placing an amount equal to such Loan or Unpaid Sum received by it on deposit with a leading
bank in the relevant interbank market for a period starting on the Business Day following receipt or recovery and ending on the last day of the current Interest Period. 

“Business Day” means a day (other than a Saturday or Sunday) on which banks are open for general business in London and
Oslo. 
 “Cash” means cash credited to an account with a bank in the name of a member of the Group and to which
that member of the Group is beneficially entitled. 
 “Cash Equivalents” means marketable debt securities with
a maturity of 12 months or less and with a short term debt rating of at least A1 by Standard & Poor’s Corporation or P1 by Moody’s Investors Services, Inc. to which a member of the Group is beneficially entitled. 

“Close Related Party” has the meaning ascribed to it pursuant to the Norwegian private limited companies act of 1997
No. 44 section 1-5. 
 “Commitment(s)” means: 

 

	a)	 in relation to a Lender, the amount set opposite its name under the heading “Commitments” in Schedule 1 (Lenders and
Commitments) and the amount of any other Commitment transferred to it pursuant to Clause 25.2 (Assignments and transfers by the Lenders); and 

 

	b)	 in relation to any New Lender, the amount of any Commitment transferred to it pursuant to Clause 25.2 (Assignments and transfers by the
Lenders), to the extent not cancelled, reduced or transferred by it under this Agreement. 

  
 4 

 “Compliance Certificate” means a certificate substantially in the form as
set out in Schedule 6 (Form of Compliance Certificate). 
 “Consolidated EBITDA” for any period, means
the consolidated earnings before interest, tax, depreciation and amortisation for the Group it being understood that EBITDA from business sold or acquired during a measurement period shall be excluded or included as the case may be for the full
measurement period. 
 “Consolidated Total Net Debt” means the consolidated amount of all obligations in
respect of borrowings (including guarantees for such borrowings) less Cash and Cash Equivalents of the Group. 

“Default” means an Event of Default or any event or circumstance which would (with the expiry of a grace period, the
giving of notice, the making of any determination under the Finance Documents or any combination of any of the foregoing) become an Event of Default. 
 “Disposal” means a sale, transfer or other disposal (including by way of lease or loan) by the Borrower and/or any other member of the Group of all or part of its assets. 

“Drawdown Date” means the Business Day on which the Borrower has requested a Loan to be made pursuant to this Agreement
or, as the context requires, the date on which a Loan is actually made. 
 “Drawdown Notice” means a notice substantially in
the form set out in Schedule 3 (Form of Drawdown Notice). 
 “Environmental Approval” means any permit,
licence, consent, approval and other authorisations and the filing of any notification, report or assessment required under any Environmental Law. 
 “Environmental Claim” means any claim, proceeding or investigation by any party in respect of any Environmental Law or Environmental Approval. 

“Environmental Law” means any applicable law, regulation, convention or treaty in any jurisdiction in which the Borrower
conduct business which relates to the pollution or protection of the environment or to the carriage of material which is capable of polluting the environment. 
 “Equity” means, on any date, the book value of the Borrower’s, (on a consolidated basis) equity in accordance with US GAAP. 

“Equity Ratio” means, in of any period, the ratio of Equity to Total Assets calculated on a 12 month rolling basis at
the end of each calendar quarter and as evidenced in the Compliance Certificate. 
 “Event of Default” means any event or
circumstance specified as such in Clause 24.1 (Events of Default). 

  
 5 

 “EURIBOR” means, in relation to any Loan in EUR: 

 

	a)	 the applicable Screen Rate, or 

  

	b)	 (if no Screen Rate is available for the Interest Period of that Loan or other sum) the arithmetic mean of the rates (rounded upwards to four decimal
places) as supplied to the Agent at its request quoted by the Reference Banks to leading banks in the European interbank market, 

 in both cases at or about 11.00 am (London time) on the second Business Day prior to the relevant Interest Period for the offering of deposits in EUR and for a period comparable to the Interest Period of
that Loan or other sum. 
 “Existing Facility” means the NOK 1,500,000,000 credit facility provided to the
Borrower, originally dated 21 December 2007 and subsequently amended by way of a first amendment and restatement agreement, a second amendment agreement and a third amendment agreement. 
 “Facility” means a multicurrency revolving credit facility in the original amount of NOK 1,500,000,000. 
 “Fee Letter” means any letter entered into by reference to this Agreement. 

“Final Maturity Date” means 12 months from the date of this Agreement. 

“Finance Documents” means this Agreement, any other document designated as such by the Agent and the Borrower and any
other document which is executed at any time by the Borrower or any other person as security for the Borrower’s obligations to the Finance Parties hereunder or any of the other documents referred to herein or therein. 

“Finance Party” means the Agent and the Lenders. 
 “Financial Indebtedness” means any indebtedness for or in respect of: 
  

	a)	 moneys borrowed; 

  

	b)	 any amount raised by acceptance under any acceptance credit facility or dematerialised equivalent; 

 

	c)	 any amount raised pursuant to any note purchase facility or the issue of bonds, notes, debentures, loan stock or any similar instrument;

  

	d)	 the amount of any liability in respect of any lease or hire purchase contract which would, in accordance with US GAAP, be treated as a finance
or capital lease; 

  

	e)	 receivables sold or discounted (other than any receivables to the extent they are sold on a non-recourse basis); 

 

	f)	 any amount raised under any other transaction (including any forward sale or purchase agreement) having the commercial effect of a borrowing;

  
 6 

	g)	 any derivative transaction entered into in connection with protection against or benefit from fluctuation in any rate or price (and, when
calculating the value of any derivative transaction, only the marked to market value shall be taken into account); 

  

	h)	 any counter-indemnity obligation in respect of a guarantee, indemnity, bond, standby or documentary letter of credit or any other instrument issued
by a bank or financial institution; and 

  

	i)	 the amount of any liability in respect of any guarantee or indemnity for any of the items referred to in paragraphs (a) to (h) above.

 “Financial Support” means any (whether actual or contingent) loan, credit or guarantee,
indemnity or other assurance against financial loss to or for the benefit of any person, or otherwise any liability in respect of any obligation related to borrowed monies. 
 “Fokus Bank” means Fokus Bank, Norwegian branch of Danske Bank A/S. 

“Group” means the Borrower and its Subsidiaries, except ALY and the US Subsidiary (as the case may be). 

“Guarantee Commitment” means a commitment for a guarantee (either directly or through a Bank Guarantee) for the
purposes of refinancing the bank debt in ALY or the US Subsidiary (as the case may be).  
 “Insurance
Proceeds” means the proceeds of any insurance claim received by any member of the Group after deducting any reasonable expenses in relation to that claim which are incurred by any member of the Group to persons who are not members of the
Group. 
 “Intellectual Property Rights” means all registered patents, trade marks, service marks, trade names,
design rights, copyright, titles, rights to know-how and other intellectual property rights. 
 “Interest Payment Date” means
the last Business Day of each Interest Period. 
 “Interest Period” means, in relation to a Loan, each of the
successive periods determined in accordance with Clause 11.1 (Selection of Interest Periods), and, in relation to an Unpaid Sum, each period determined in accordance with Clause 10.3 (Default interest). 

“Issuing Bank” means Fokus Bank. 
 “John Fredriksen Family” means John Fredriksen, his direct lineal descendants, the personal estate of any of the aforementioned persons and any trust created for the benefit of one or
more of the aforementioned persons or their estates. 
 “Lenders” means the banks and financial institutions
listed in Schedule 1 (Lenders and Commitments) and any New Lender, which in each case has not ceased to be a Party in accordance with the terms of this Agreement and “Lender” means any one of them. 

  
 7 

 “Leverage Ratio” means, in respect of any period, the ratio of Consolidated
Total Net Debt to Consolidated EBITDA calculated on a 12 month rolling basis at the end of each calendar quarter and as evidenced in the Compliance Certificate. 
 “LIBOR” means in relation to any Loan in an Optional Currency other than EUR and NOK: 
  

	a)	 the applicable Screen Rate; or 

  

	b)	 (if no Screen Rate is available for the Interest Period of that Loan or other sum) the arithmetic mean of the rates (rounded upwards to four decimal
places) as supplied to the Agent at its request quoted by the Reference Banks to leading banks in the London interbank market, 

 at or about 11.00 a.m. (London time) on the second Business Day prior to the relevant Interest Period for the offering of deposits in such Optional Currency and for a period comparable to the Interest
Period of that Loan or other sum. 
 “Loan” means a loan drawn or to be drawn under the Facility or the
aggregate principal amount of all Loans drawn under the Facility. 
 “Majority Lenders” means: 

 

	a)	 if there are no Loans outstanding, a Lender or Lenders whose Commitments aggregate more than 66.67% of the Total Commitment or, if the Total
Commitment have been reduced to zero, whose Total Commitments aggregated more than 66.67% of the Total Commitment immediately prior to the reduction; or 

 

	b)	 at any other time, a Lender or Lenders whose participations in the Loans then outstanding aggregate more than 66.67% of the Loans then outstanding.

 “Mandatory Cost” means the percentage rate per annum calculated by the Agent in accordance
with Schedule 7 (Mandatory Cost Formulae); 
 “Material Adverse Effect” means an effect which, in the opinion of
the Agent (acting reasonably), is likely to: 
  

	a)	 be materially adverse to the ability of the Borrower to perform any of its material obligations (and, for the avoidance of doubt, all payment
obligations shall be regarded as being material) under any of the Finance Documents as and when they fall due to be performed; and/or 

  

	b)	 be materially adverse to the business, assets or financial condition of the Borrower. 

“New Lender” has the meaning set out in Clause 25 (Changes to the Parties). 

“NIBOR” means in relation to any Loan in NOK: 
  

	a)	 the applicable Screen Rate; or 

  
 8 

	b)	 (if no Screen Rate is available for the Interest Period of that Loan or other sum), the arithmetic mean of the rates (rounded upwards to four
decimal places) as supplied to the Agent at its request quoted by the Reference Banks to leading banks in the Norwegian interbank market, 

 at or about 12.00 a.m. (Oslo time) on the second Business Day prior to the relevant Interest Period for the offering of deposits in NOK and for a period comparable to the Interest Period of the that Loan
or other sum. 
 “Optional Currency” means a currency (other than the Base Currency) which complies with the
conditions set out in Clause 4.4 (Conditions relating to Optional Currencies). 
 “Original Financial
Statements” means the opening consolidated financial statement (balance sheet) of the Group as of 31 December 2009. 

“Party” means a party to this Agreement (including its successors and permitted transferees). 

“Quotation Day” means the day occurring two (2) Business Days prior to the commencement of an Interest Period. 

“Reference Banks” means Fokus Bank and any other bank designated as such by the Agent. 

“Screen Rate” means 
  

	a)	 In relation to EURIBOR, the screen page EURIBOR 01 for EUR; 

 

	b)	 in relation to LIBOR, the British Bankers’ Association Interest Settlement Rate for an Optional Currency for the relevant period other than
EUR; 

  

	c)	 in relation to NIBOR the screen page NIBP for the Base Currency for the relevant period; and 

displayed on the appropriate page of the Reuters screen. If the agreed page is replaced or service ceases to be available, the Agent may
specify another page or service displaying the appropriate rate after consultation with the Borrower and the Lenders; 

“Security Interest” means any mortgage, charge (whether fixed or floating), encumbrance, pledge, lien, assignment by way
of security, finance lease, sale and repurchase or sale and leaseback arrangement, sale of receivables on a recourse basis or other security interest or any other agreement or arrangement having the effect of conferring security. 

“Share Pledge” means the pledge over all outstanding shares in ALY or, as the case may be, the US Subsidiary following
the merger between ALY and the US Subsidiary, to be granted by the Borrower in favour of the Agent (on behalf of the Finance Parties) subsequent to completion of the Acquisition. 
 “Subsidiary” means an entity from time to time of which a person: 
  

	a)	 has direct or indirect control; or 

  
 9 

	b)	 owns directly or indirectly more than fifty (50) per cent (votes and capital), 

for these purposes, an entity shall be treated as being controlled by a person if that person is able to direct its affairs and/or
control the composition of its board of directors or equivalent body. 
 “Tax on Overall Net Income” means a
Tax imposed on a Finance Party by the jurisdiction under the laws of which it is incorporated, or in which it is located or treated as resident for tax purposes, on: 
  

	a)	 the net income, profits or gains of that Finance Party world wide; or 

 

	b)	 such of the net income, profits or gains of that Finance Party as are considered to arise in or relate to or are taxable in that jurisdiction.

 “Taxes” means all present and future taxes, levies, imposts, duties, charges, fees,
deductions and withholdings, and any restrictions and or conditions resulting in a charge together with interest thereon and penalties in respect thereof and “tax” and “taxation” shall be construed accordingly.

 “Termination Event” has the meaning ascribed to that term in Clause 9.2 (Termination Event – Mandatory
Prepayment). 
 “Total Assets” means, on any date, book value of the Borrower’s (on a consolidated
basis) assets in accordance with US GAAP. 
 “Total Commitment” means NOK 1,500,000,000. 

“Transfer Certificate” means a certificate substantially in the form as set out in Schedule 5 (Form of Transfer
Certificate) or any other form agreed between the Agent and the Borrower. 
 “Transfer Date” means, in respect
of a Transfer (as defined in Clause 25.2 (Assignments and transfers by Lenders), the proposed Transfer Date as set out in the Transfer Certificate relating to the Transfer. 
 “Unpaid Sum” means any sum due and payable but unpaid by the Borrower under the Finance Documents. 
 “US GAAP” means the generally accepted accounting principles of the United States of America. 
 “US Subsidiary” means the US company to be established for the purpose of the Acquisition, and to be owned 100% per cent by the Borrower. 

“Utilisation” means a utilisation of a Bank Guarantee. 
 “Utilisation Date” means the date of a Utilisation, being the date on which the relevant Bank Guarantee is to be issued. 
 “Utilisation Request” means a notice substantially in the form set out in Schedule 4. 
 “VAT” means value added tax. 

  
 10 

	 	1.2	 Construction 

 In this Agreement, unless the context otherwise requires: 
  

	 	(a)	 Clause and Schedule headings are for ease of reference only; 

 

	 	(b)	 words denoting the singular number shall include the plural and vice versa; 

 

	 	(c)	 references to Clauses and Schedules are references, respectively, to the Clauses and Schedules of this Agreement; 

 

	 	(d)	 references to a provision of law is a reference to that provision as it may be amended or re-enacted, and to any regulations made by the appropriate
authority pursuant to such law; 

  

	 	(e)	 references to “control” means the power to appoint a majority of the board of directors or to direct the management and policies of
an entity, whether through the ownership of voting capital, by contract or otherwise; 

  

	 	(f)	 references to “indebtedness” includes any obligation (whether incurred as principal or as surety) for the payment or repayment of
money, whether present or future, actual or contingent; 

  

	 	(g)	 references to a “person” shall include any individual, firm, partnership, joint venture, company, corporation, trust, fund, body,
corporate, unincorporated body of persons, or any state or any agency of a state or association (whether or not having separate legal personality); 

  

	 	(h)	 references to “certification” or “certificate” means a statement in original by an authorised signatory; and

  

	 	(i)	 currency codes shall be interpreted as set out in ISO 4217:2001 as amended (www.iso.ch) 

 

	2.	 THE FACILITY 

  

	 	2.1	 The Facility 

 Subject to the terms of this Agreement, the Lenders agree to make available to the Borrower a revolving credit facility in the aggregate equivalent amount of the Total Commitment expressed in NOK and not
exceeding the Available Facility. 
  

	 	2.2	 Finance Parties’ rights and obligations 

The obligations of each Finance Party under the Finance Documents are several. Failure by a Finance Party to perform its
obligations under the Finance Documents does not affect the obligations of any other Party under the Finance Documents. No Finance Party is responsible for the obligations of any other Finance Party under the Finance Documents. 

The rights of each Finance Party under or in connection with the Finance Documents are separate and independent rights and
any debt arising under the Finance Documents to a Finance Party from the Borrower shall be a separate and independent debt. 

  
 11 

 A Finance Party may, except as otherwise stated in the Finance Documents,
separately enforce its rights under the Finance Documents. 
  

	3.	 PURPOSE 

  

	 	3.1	 Purpose 

 The Borrower shall apply all amounts utilised by it to refinance the Existing Facility and, following completion of the Acquisition, enable the Borrower to offer the Guarantee Commitment to ALY or the US
Subsidiary (as the case may be). 
  

	 	3.2	 Monitoring 

 Without prejudice to the obligations of the Borrower under this Clause 3, no Finance Party is bound to monitor or verify the application of any amount borrowed pursuant to this Agreement. 

 

	4.	 CONDITIONS PRECEDENT 

  

	 	4.1	 Initial conditions precedent 

 The Borrower may not deliver a Drawdown Notice or (in respect of Bank Guarantees) a Utilisation Request unless the Agent has received all of the documents and other evidence listed in Schedule 2,
Part 1 (Conditions precedent), in form and substance satisfactory to the Agent. 
  

	 	4.2	 Further conditions precedent 

 The Lenders will only be obliged to comply with Clause 5.5 (Lenders’ participation) if on the date of a Drawdown Notice or Utilisation Request and on the proposed Drawdown Date/Utilisation
Date: 
  

	 	(a)	 no Default is continuing or would result from the proposed Loan; and 

 

	 	(b)	 the representations and warranties contained in Clause 19 (Representations and warranties) (deemed to be repeated on those dates) are true
and correct in all material respects. 

  

	 	4.3	 Waiver of conditions precedent 

 The conditions specified in this Clause 4 are solely for the benefit of the Lenders and may be waived on their behalf in whole or in part and with or without conditions by the Agent (acting on the
instructions of the Majority Lenders). 
  

	 	4.4	 Conditions relating to Optional Currencies 

A currency will constitute an Optional Currency if: 

 

	 	(a)	 it is readily available in the amount required and freely convertible into the Base Currency; and 

 

	 	(b)	 it is EUR, USD, GBP, JPY, SEK or any other currency convertible into EUR in the London interbank market and acceptable to the Agent (acting on the
instructions of all the Lenders) on or prior to receipt by the Agent of the relevant Drawdown Notice. 

  
 12 

	 	4.5	 Maximum number of Loans 

 The Borrower may not deliver a Drawdown Notice or a Utilisation Request in relation to the Facility if, as a result of the proposed Loan, fifteen (15) or more Loans would be outstanding. 

 

	5.	 DRAWDOWN 

  

	 	5.1	 Delivery of the Drawdown Notice 

 The Borrower may utilise the Facility (except for the Bank Guarantees) by delivering to the Agent a duly completed Drawdown Notice no later than 10:00 hours (London time) three (3) Business Days
prior to the proposed Drawdown Date. 
  

	 	5.2	 Completion of the Drawdown Notice 

 A Drawdown Notice is irrevocable and will not be regarded as having been duly completed unless: 
  

	 	(a)	 the proposed Drawdown Date is a Business Day within the relevant Availability Period; 

 

	 	(b)	 the currency and amount specified is in compliance with the provisions of Clause 5.3 (Currency and amount); 

 

	 	(c)	 the proposed Interest Period complies with Clause 11 (Interest Periods), and 

 

	 	(d)	 only one Loan is requested in the Drawdown Notice. 

 

	 	5.3	 Currency and amount 

  

	 	(a)	 The currency specified in a Drawdown Notice must be the Base Currency or an Optional Currency. 

 

	 	(b)	 The amount of a proposed Loan must be: 

  

	 	(i)	 if the currency selected is the Base Currency, an amount which is a minimum of NOK 20,000,000 or, if less, the Available Facility for the time
being; or 

  

	 	(ii)	 if the currency selected is an Optional Currency, an amount, the Base Currency Amount of which is a minimum of NOK 20,000,000 or, if less, the
Available Facility for the time being; and 

  

	 	(iii)	 in any event such that its Base Currency Amount is less than or equal to the Available Facility at such time. 

 

	 	5.4	 Availability 

 Any amount of the Commitment not utilised by the expiry of the relevant Availability Period shall automatically be cancelled at close of business in London on such date. 

 

	 	5.5	 Lenders’ participation 

  

	 	(a)	 If the conditions set out in this Agreement have been met, each Lender shall make its participation in each Loan available by the Drawdown Date.

  
 13 

	 	(b)	 The amount of each Lender’s participation in each Loan will be equal to the proportion borne by its Available Commitment to the Available
Facility immediately prior to making the requested Loan. 

  

	 	(c)	 The Agent shall determine the Base Currency Amount of each Loan which is to be made in an Optional Currency and shall notify each Lender of the
amount, currency and the Base Currency Amount of each Loan and the amount of its participation in that Loan. 

  

	 	5.6	 Bank Guarantees 

  

	 	(a)	 The Facility may be utilised by way of Bank Guarantees. 

 

	 	(b)	 The Borrower may request a Bank Guarantee to be issued by delivery to the Issuing Bank, of a duly completed Utilisation Request not later than 10
Business Days prior to the proposed Utilisation Date of such Bank Guarantee. 

  

	 	(c)	 Each Utilisation Request for a Bank Guarantee is irrevocable and will not be regarded as having been duly completed unless

  

	 	(i)	 it specifies that it is for a Bank Guarantee; 

  

	 	(ii)	 the proposed Utilisation Date is a Business Day within the Availability Period; 

 

	 	(iii)	 the currency (being either the Base Currency or an Optional Currency) of the Bank Guarantee is specified; 

 

	 	(iv)	 the amount of the Bank Guarantee is specified; 

  

	 	(v)	 the purpose of the Bank Guarantee is explained and approved by the Issuing Bank (such approval not to be unreasonably withheld or delayed);

  

	 	(vi)	 the form of Bank Guarantee is attached; and 

  

	 	(vii)	 the form of Bank Guarantee and the instructions set out therein are acceptable to the Issuing Bank (approval not to be unreasonably withheld or
delayed). 

  

	 	(d)	 Provided that the conditions set out in this Clause 5.6 are met, the Issuing Bank shall issue the Bank Guarantee on the Utilisation Date.

  

	6.	 BANK GUARANTEES 

  

	 	6.1	 Claims under a Bank Guarantee 

  

	 	(a)	 The Borrower irrevocably and unconditionally authorises the Issuing Bank to pay any claim made or purported to be made under a Bank Guarantee
requested by it and which appears on its face to be in good order. The Borrower shall immediately on demand pay to the Issuing Bank an amount equal to the amount paid by the Issuing Bank in respect of any claim. 

 

	 	(b)	 The Borrower acknowledges that the Issuing Bank 

  
 14 

  

	 	(i)	 is not obliged to carry out any investigation or seek any confirmation from any other person before paying a claim; and

  

	 	(ii)	 deals in documents only and will not be concerned with the legality of a claim or any underlying transaction or any available set-off, counterclaim
or other defence of any person. 

  

	 	(c)	 The obligations of the Borrower under this Clause 6 will not be affected by 

 

	 	(i)	 the sufficiency, accuracy or genuineness of any claim or any other document; or 

 

	 	(ii)	 any incapacity of, or limitation on the powers of, any person signing a claim or other document. 

 

	 	6.2	 Indemnities 

  

	 	(a)	 The Borrower shall immediately on demand indemnify the Issuing Bank against any cost, loss or liability incurred by the Issuing Bank (otherwise than
by reason of the Issuing Bank’s gross negligence or wilful misconduct) in acting as the Issuing Bank under any Bank Guarantee requested by (or on behalf of) the Borrower. 

 

	 	(b)	 Each Lender shall (according to its participation) immediately on demand indemnify the Issuing Bank against any cost, loss or liability incurred by
the Issuing Bank (otherwise than by reason of the Issuing Bank’s gross negligence or wilful misconduct) in acting as the guarantor under any Bank Guarantee. 

 

	 	(c)	 The Borrower shall immediately on demand reimburse any Lender for any payment such Lender makes to the Issuing Bank in respect of that Bank
Guarantee. 

  

	7.	 OPTIONAL CURRENCIES 

  

	 	7.1	 Selection of currency 

 The Borrower shall select the currency of a Loan. 
  

	 	7.2	 Unavailability of a currency 

 If before 11.00 am (London time) on a Quotation Day: 
  

	 	(a)	 a Lender notifies the Agent that the Optional Currency requested for a Loan is not readily available to it in the amount required; or

  

	 	(b)	 a Lender notifies the Agent that compliance with its obligation to participate in a Loan in the proposed Optional Currency would contravene a law or
regulation applicable to it; 

 the Agent will give notice to the Borrower to that effect by
3.00 pm (London time) on that day. In this event, any Lender that gives notice pursuant to this Clause 7.2 will be required to participate in a requested Loan in the Base Currency (in an amount equal to that Lender’s proportion of the Base
Currency Amount) and its participation will be treated as a separate Loan denominated in the Base Currency during that Interest Period. 

  
 15 

	8.	 REPAYMENT 

  

	 	8.1	 Repayment and roll-over of Loans 

 The Borrower shall repay each Loan in full on the last day of its Interest Period, however so that where a Loan (the “New Loan”) is, subject to and in accordance with the other terms of
this Agreement, to be made on a day which another Loan (the “Maturing Loan”) is due to be repaid, then: 
  

	 	(a)	 the Maturing Loan shall be deemed to be repaid on the last day of its Interest Period to the extent that the amount of the New Loan is equal to or
greater than the amount of the Maturing Loan; and 

  

	 	(b)	 to that extent, the amount of the New Loan shall be deemed to have been credited to the account of the Borrower, and the Lenders shall only be
obliged to make available an amount equal to the amount by which amount the New Loan exceeds the Maturing Loan. 

 If the Borrower has not delivered a Drawdown Notice in respect of a Maturing Loan in accordance with Clause 5.1 (Delivery of a Drawdown Notice), the Maturing Loan shall, subject to the other
provisions of this Agreement, be automatically rolled over with an Interest Period of three (3) months. 
  

	 	8.2	 Final Maturity Date 

  

	 	(a)	 On the Final Maturity Date the Borrower shall repay all Loans then outstanding under this Agreement in full, together with all other sums due and
outstanding under the Finance Documents at such date. 

  

	 	(b)	 If a Bank Guarantee is outstanding on the Final Maturity Date, the Borrower shall provide cash cover to an account with the Issuing Bank in an
amount equal to the outstanding amount under the respective Bank Guarantee(s). 

  

	9.	 PREPAYMENT AND CANCELLATION 

  

	 	9.1	 Mandatory cancellation and prepayment – illegality 

If it becomes unlawful in any applicable jurisdiction for a Lender to perform any of its obligations as contemplated by
this Agreement or to fund or maintain its participation in the Loans: 
  

	 	(a)	 that Lender shall promptly notify the Agent upon becoming aware of that event; 

 

	 	(b)	 the Agent shall promptly notify the Borrower (specifying the obligations, the performance of which is thereby rendered unlawful, and the law giving
rise to the same) upon receipt of notification in accordance with paragraph a) above; 

  

	 	(c)	 upon the Agent notifying the Borrower, the Commitment of that Lender will be immediately reduced to zero and cancelled; and

  

	 	(d)	 the Borrower shall prepay that Lender’s participation in the Loans made to the Borrower on the last day of the Interest Period for each Loan
occurring after the Agent has notified the Borrower or, if earlier, the date specified by the Lender in the notice delivered to the Agent (being no earlier than the last day of any applicable grace period permitted by law).

  
 16 

	 	9.2	 Termination Event – mandatory prepayment 

Each of the events or circumstances (whether or not caused by any reason whatsoever outside the control of the Borrower or
any other person) set out in this Clause 9.2 a) shall constitute a Termination Event: 
  

	 	(a)	 Change of control. 

  

	 	(i)	 if at any time, from the period up to the time of the initial public offering of the Borrower on the Oslo Stock Exchange or the London Stock
Exchange (as the case may be); Seadrill Limited and/or Hemen Holding Limited (or another company controlled more than 50 % by the John Fredriksen Family) ceases to own a minimum of 50,1% of the voting shares and capital of the Borrower; and

  

	 	(ii)	 if at any time in the period thereafter; one or more persons alone or acting in concert, other than Seadrill Limited and/or Hemen Holding Limited
(or another company controlled more than 50 % by the John Fredriksen Family) gains control of more than 33 1/3 of the shares in the Borrower. 

  

	 	(b)	 On and at any time after the occurrence of a Termination Event (whether or not caused by any reason whatsoever outside the control of the Borrower
or any other person), the Agent may, and shall if so directed by the Majority Lenders, by notice to the Borrower: 

  

	 	(i)	 cancel the Total Commitment whereupon it shall immediately be cancelled; 

 

	 	(ii)	 declare that all or part of the Loans together with accrued interest and all other amounts accrued or outstanding under the Finance Documents be due
and payable immediately after the occurrence of the Termination Event; 

  

	 	(iii)	 take any action, exercise any other right or pursue any other remedy conferred upon the Agent or the Finance Parties by this Agreement or by any
applicable law or regulation or otherwise as a consequence of the occurrence of such Termination Event. 

  

	 	9.3	 Mandatory Reduction– Disposal and Insurance Proceeds 

The Total Commitment shall be reduced in the following amounts: 

 

	 	(a)	 the amount of any net proceeds from a Disposal exceeding NOK 75,000,000 per calendar year (the “Disposal Proceeds”) upon
receipt of such amount; 

  

	 	(b)	 the amount of any Insurance Proceeds exceeding NOK 75,000,000 upon receipt of such amount. 

The Borrower shall, on the dates described in sub-clause a) –b) above reduce the Commitment with an equivalent amount
as described in sub-clause a) – b). In the event that the relevant Disposal Proceeds or Insurance Proceeds are not available for reductions due to legal limitations, 

  
 17 

 
the relevant Disposal Proceeds or Insurance Proceeds shall be applied for reductions within such limitations as instructed by the Agent acting on the instructions of the Majority Lenders. Such
Disposal Proceeds or Insurance Proceeds shall, as soon as they are available to the relevant member of the Group, be deposited on a separate account and, if permitted by law, pledged in favour of the Agent (on behalf of itself and the Finance
Parties), until the legal limitations cease. In such event the reduction requirement hereunder shall be suspended until the legal limitations ceases. 
  

	 	9.4	 Voluntary cancellation 

  

	 	(a)	 The Borrower may, by giving the Agent not less than ten (10) days’ prior notice, cancel all or part of the Total Commitment (but if in
part, in a minimum of the Base Currency Amount of NOK 10,000,000 and an integral multiple of NOK 10,000,000). 

  

	 	(b)	 Any notice of cancellation shall be irrevocable and shall specify the date on which the cancellation shall take effect and the amount of the
cancellation. The Agent shall promptly notify the Lenders of receipt of any such notice. 

  

	 	(c)	 The Borrower may not utilise any part of the Facility which has been cancelled. Any cancellation of the Facility shall reduce each Lender’s
Commitment rateably and shall reduce the Facility by the aggregate amount so cancelled. 

  

	 	(d)	 The Borrower may not cancel all or part of the Facility except as expressly provided in this Agreement. 

 

	 	9.5	 Terms and conditions for prepayments and cancellation 

 

	 	9.5.1	 Irrevocable notice 

 Any notice of prepayment or cancellation by the Borrower under this Clause 9 shall be irrevocable and, unless a contrary indication appears in this Agreement, shall specify the date upon which the
prepayment or cancellation is to be made. 
  

	 	9.5.2	 Additional payments 

 Any prepayment under this Agreement shall be made together with accrued interest on the amount prepaid and, subject to any Break Costs, without premium or penalty. 

 

	 	9.5.3	 Time of prepayment and cancellation 

The Borrower shall not repay or prepay all or any part of the Loans or cancel all or any part of the Total Commitment
except at the times and in the manner expressly provided for in this Agreement. 
  

	 	9.5.4	 No reinstatement 

 No amount of the Total Commitment cancelled under this Agreement may subsequently be reinstated. 
  

	 	9.5.5	 Forwarding of notice of prepayment and cancellation 

If the Agent receives a notice under this Clause 9 it shall promptly forward a copy of that notice to the Borrower or the
affected Lender, as appropriate. 

  
 18 

	 	9.5.6	 Application 

 Any amount prepaid and/or cancelled pursuant to this Clause 9 shall reduce rateably each Lender’s participation in the Loans, except for the event described in Clause 9.1 (Mandatory cancellation
and reduction – Illegality) in which event the affected Lender’s participation shall be reduced. 
  

	10.	 INTEREST 

  

	 	10.1	 Calculation of interest 

 The rate of interest for the Loans for each Interest Period is the percentage rate per annum which is the aggregate of: 
  

	 	(a)	 the Applicable Margin; 

  

	 	(b)	 the relevant NIBOR, LIBOR or EURIBOR; and 

  

	 	(c)	 the Mandatory Cost, if any. 

  

	 	10.2	 Payment of interest 

 The Borrower shall pay accrued interest on the Loans on each Interest Payment Date (and if the Interest Period is longer than three (3) months, on the date falling at three (3) monthly intervals
after the first day of the Interest Period). 
  

	 	10.3	 Default interest 

 If the Borrower fails to pay any amount payable by it under the Finance Documents on its due date, interest shall accrue on the overdue amount from the due date and up to the date of actual payment (both
before and after judgment) at a rate determined by the Agent to be two per cent (2.00%) higher than the rate which would have been payable if the overdue amount had, during the period of non-payment, constituted a Loan in the currency of the
overdue amount for successive Interest Periods, each of a duration selected by the Agent (acting reasonably). Any interest accruing under this Clause 10.3 shall be immediately payable by the Borrower on demand by the Agent. Default interest (if
unpaid) arising on an overdue amount will be compounded with the overdue amount at the end of each Interest Period applicable to that overdue amount but will remain immediately due and payable. 

 

	 	10.4	 Notification of rates of interest 

 The Agent shall promptly notify the Lenders and the Borrower of the determination of a rate of interest under this Agreement. 

 

	11.	 INTEREST PERIODS 

  

	 	11.1	 Selection of Interest Periods 

  

	 	(a)	 The Borrower may select an Interest Period for a Loan in a Drawdown Notice. 

 

	 	(b)	 Each Drawdown Notice is irrevocable and must be received by the Agent not later than 10:00 hours (London time) four (4) Business Days before
the commencement of that Interest Period. 

  
 19 

  

	 	(c)	 The Borrower may select an Interest Period of one (1), three (3) or six (6) months or any such other period agreed between the Borrower
and the Agent (on behalf of the Lenders). 

  

	 	(d)	 An Interest Period for a Loan shall not extend beyond the Final Maturity Date, but shall be shortened so that it ends on the Final Maturity Date.

  

	 	(e)	 Each Interest Period for a Loan shall start on the relevant Drawdown Date or (if already made) on the last day of its preceding Interest Period.

  

	 	11.2	 Non-Business Day 

 If an Interest Period would otherwise end on a day which is not a Business Day, that Interest Period will instead end on the next Business Day in that calendar month (if there is one) or the preceding
Business Day (if there is not). 
  

	 	11.3	 Notification of Interest Periods 

 The Agent will notify the Borrower and the Lenders of the Interest Periods determined in accordance with this Clause 11. 
  

	12.	 CHANGES TO THE CALCULATION OF INTEREST 

  

	 	12.1	 Market disruption 

  

	 	(a)	 If a Market Disruption Event occurs in relation to the Loans for any Interest Period, then the rate of interest on each Lender’s share of the
Loans for the relevant Interest Period shall be the rate per annum which is the sum of: 

  

	 	(i)	 the Applicable Margin; 

  

	 	(ii)	 the rate notified to the Agent by that Lender as soon as practicable (and in any event before interest is due to be paid in respect of that Interest
Period), to be that which expresses, as a percentage rate per annum, the cost to that Lender of funding its participation in the Loans from whatever source it may reasonably select; and 

 

	 	(iii)	 the Mandatory Cost, if any, applicable to that Lender’s participation in the relevant Loan. 

 

	 	(b)	 In this Agreement, “Market Disruption Event” means: 

 

	 	(i)	 in respect of the Base Currency at or about 12:00 hours (Oslo time) on the Quotation Day for the relevant Interest Period, NIBOR is not available,
in respect of an Optional Currency (other than EUR) at or about 11:00 hours (London time) on the Quotation Day for the relevant Interest Period, LIBOR is not available and in respect of EUR at or about 11:00 hours (Brussels time) on the Quotation
Day for the relevant Interest Period, EURIBOR is not available; or 

  

	 	(ii)	 before close of business in London on the Quotation Day for the relevant Interest Period, the Agent receives notifications from a Lender or Lenders
(whose participations in the relevant Loan exceeds fifty per cent (50.00%) of the Loan) that the cost to it or them of obtaining matching deposits in the relevant interbank market would be in excess of NIBOR, LIBOR or EURIBOR.

  
 20 

  

	 	12.2	 Alternative basis of interest or funding 

If a Market Disruption Event occurs and the Agent or the Borrower so requires, the Agent and the Borrower shall enter into
negotiations (for a period of not more than thirty (30) days) with a view to agreeing a substitute basis for determining the rate of interest for the relevant Loan. Any alternative basis agreed pursuant to this Clause 12.2 shall, with the prior
consent of all the Lenders and the Borrower, be binding on all Parties. 
  

	 	12.3	 Break Costs 

 The Borrower shall, within three (3) Business Days of demand by a Finance Party, pay to that Finance Party its Break Cost attributable to all or any part of a Loan or an Unpaid Sum being paid by the
Borrower on a day other than the last day of an Interest Period for such Loans or Unpaid Sum. 
 Each Lender
shall, as soon as reasonably practicable after a demand by the Agent, provide a certificate confirming the amount of its Break Cost for any Interest Period in which they accrue. 

 

	13.	 FEES AND GUARANTEE COMMISSION 

  

	 	13.1	 Commitment fee 

 The Borrower shall pay to the Agent (for distribution among the Lenders) a commitment fee of 40% of the Applicable Margin on the Lenders’ Available Commitment accruing from the date of this Agreement
and up until the end of the Availability Period, payable quarterly in arrears. 
  

	 	13.2	 Guarantee commission 

 The Borrower shall pay to the Issuing Bank a guarantee commission in respect of the Bank Guarantees in an amount equal to the Applicable Margin, payable quarterly in arrears. 

 

	 	13.3	 Other fees 

 The Borrower shall pay such other fees as set out in the Fee Letter. 
  

	14.	 TAX GROSS-UP AND INDEMNITIES 

  

	 	14.1	 Taxes 

  

	 	14.1.1	 No withholding 

 All payments by the Borrower under the Finance Documents shall be made free and clear of and without deduction or withholding for or on account of any Tax or any other governmental or public payment
imposed by the laws of any jurisdiction from which or through which such payment is made, unless a Tax deduction or withholding is required by law. 
  

	 	14.1.2	 Tax gross-up 

  

	 	(a)	 The Borrower shall promptly upon becoming aware that it must make a Tax deduction or withholding (or that there is any change in the rate or the
basis of a Tax deduction or withholding) notify the Agent accordingly. Similarly, a Lender shall notify the Agent on becoming so aware in respect of a payment payable to that Lender. If the Agent receives such notification from a Lender it shall
notify the Borrower and that Lender. 

  
 21 

	 	(b)	 If a Tax deduction or withholding is required by law to be made by the Borrower: 

 

	 	(i)	 the amount of the payment due from the Borrower shall be increased to an amount which (after making any Tax deduction or withholding) leaves an
amount equal to the payment which would have been due if no Tax deduction or withholding had been required; and 

  

	 	(ii)	 the Borrower shall make that Tax deduction or withholding within the time allowed and in the minimum amount required by law.

  

	 	(c)	 Within thirty (30) days of making either a Tax deduction or withholding or any payment required in connection with that Tax deduction or
withholding, the Borrower shall deliver to the Agent for the Finance Party entitled to the payment evidence reasonably satisfactory to that Finance Party that the Tax deduction or withholding has been made or (as applicable) any appropriate payment
paid to the relevant taxing authority. 

  

	 	14.2	 Tax indemnity 

 The Borrower shall (within three (3) Business Days of demand by the Agent) pay to the Agent for the account of the relevant Finance Party an amount equal to the loss, liability or cost which a
Finance Party determines will be or has been (directly or indirectly) suffered for or on account of any Tax by such Finance Party in respect of a Finance Document, save for any Tax on Overall Net Income assessed on a Finance Party or to the extent
such loss, liability or cost is compensated under Clause 14.1 (Taxes). 
  

	 	14.3	 VAT 

 All amounts set out, or expressed to be payable under a Finance Document by any Party to a Finance Document shall be deemed to be exclusive of any VAT. If VAT is chargeable, the Borrower shall pay to the
Agent for the account of such Finance Party (in addition to the amount required pursuant to the Finance Documents) an amount equal to such VAT. 
  

	15.	 INCREASED COSTS 

  

	 	15.1	 Increased Costs 

  

	 	(a)	 The Borrower shall, upon demand from the Agent, pay for the account of a Finance Party the amount of any Increased Cost incurred by that Finance
Party or any of its affiliates as a result of (i) the introduction of or any change in (or in the interpretation, administration or application of) any law or regulation (including any laws and regulations implementing new or modified capital
adequacy requirements) or (ii) compliance with any law or regulation made after the date of this Agreement. 

  

	 	(b)	 In this Agreement, the term “Increased Costs” means: 

 

	 	(i)	 a reduction in the rate of return from the Facility or on a Finance Party’s (or its affiliate’s) overall capital;

  
 22 

  

	 	(ii)	 an additional or increased cost; or 

  

	 	(iii)	 a reduction of any amount due and payable under any Finance Document, 

which is incurred or suffered by a Finance Party or any of its affiliates to the extent that it is attributable to that
Finance Party having entered into its Commitments or funding or performing its obligations under any Finance Document. 
  

	 	(c)	 A Finance Party intending to make a claim pursuant to this Clause 15.1 shall notify the Agent of the event giving rise to the claim, following which
the Agent shall promptly notify the Borrower. Each Finance Party shall as soon as practicable after a demand by the Agent, provide a confirmation showing the amount of its Increased Costs. 

 

	 	15.2	 Exceptions 

 Clause 15.1 (Increased Costs) does not apply to the extent any Increased Cost is: 
  

	 	(a)	 attributable to a Tax deduction or withholding required by law to be made by the Borrower; 

 

	 	(b)	 compensated for by Clause 14.1 (Taxes) or Clause 14.2 (Tax Indemnity); 

 

	 	(c)	 compensated for by the payment of the Mandatory Cost; or 

 

	 	(d)	 attributable to the wilful breach by the relevant Finance Party or its affiliates of any law or regulation. 

 

	16.	 OTHER INDEMNITIES 

  

	 	16.1	 Currency indemnity 

  

	 	(a)	 If any sum due from the Borrower under the Finance Documents (a “Sum”), or any order, judgement or award given or made in relation
to a Sum, has to be converted from the currency (the “First Currency”) in which that Sum is payable into another currency (the “Second Currency”) for the purpose of: 

 

	 	(i)	 making or filing a claim or proof against the Borrower; 

 

	 	(ii)	 obtaining or enforcing an order, judgement or award in relation to any litigation or arbitration proceedings, 

the Borrower shall, as an independent obligation, within three (3) Business Days of demand, indemnify each Finance
Party to whom that Sum is due against any cost, loss or liability arising out of or as a result of the conversion including any discrepancy between (A) the rate of exchange used to convert that Sum from the First Currency into the Second
Currency and (B) the rate or rates of exchange available to that person at the time of its receipt of that Sum. 
  

	 	(b)	 The Borrower waives any right it may have in any jurisdiction to pay any amount under the Finance Documents in a currency or currency unit other
than that in which it is expressed to be payable. 

  
 23 

  

	 	16.2	 Other indemnities 

 The Borrower shall, within three (3) Business Days of demand, indemnify each Finance Party against any costs, loss or liability incurred by that Finance Party as a result of: 

 

	 	(a)	 the occurrence of any Event of Default; 

  

	 	(b)	 a failure by the Borrower to pay any amount due under the Finance Documents on its due date, including without limitation, any cost, loss or
liability arising as a result of Clause 27 (Sharing among the Finance Parties); 

  

	 	(c)	 the funding, or making arrangements to fund, its participation in a Loan requested by the Borrower in a Drawdown Notice but not made by reason of
the operation of any one or more of the provisions of this Agreement (other than by reason of default or negligence by that Lender alone); or 

  

	 	(d)	 a Loan (or part of a Loan) not being prepaid in accordance with a notice of prepayment given by the Borrower. 

 

	 	16.3	 Indemnity to the Agent and Arranger 

The Borrower shall promptly indemnify the Agent or Arranger against any cost, loss or liability incurred by the Agent or
Arranger (acting reasonably) as a result of: 
  

	 	(a)	 investigating any event which it reasonably believes is a possible Event of Default; or 

 

	 	(b)	 acting or verifying any notice, request or instruction which it reasonably believes to be genuine, correct or appropriately authorised.

  

	17.	 MITIGATION BY THE LENDERS 

  

	 	17.1	 Mitigation 

 Without in any way limiting the obligations of the Borrower hereunder, each Finance Party shall, in consultation with the Borrower, take all reasonable steps for a period of fifteen (15) Business
Days) to mitigate any circumstances which arise and which would result in any amount becoming payable under or pursuant to, or cancelled pursuant to, any of: 
  

	 	(a)	 Clause 9.1 (Mandatory reduction and cancellation – Illegality); 

 

	 	(b)	 Clause 14 (Tax gross-up and indemnities); 

  

	 	(c)	 Clause 15 (Increased Costs); and 

  

	 	(d)	 Schedule 7 (Mandatory Cost Formulae) 

including (but not limited to) transferring its rights and obligations under the Finance Documents to another affiliate.

 A Finance Party is not obliged to take any steps under this Clause 17.1 if, in the opinion of that Finance
Party (acting reasonably), to do so might be prejudicial to it. 

  
 24 

	 	17.2	 Indemnity 

 The Borrower shall indemnify each Finance Party for all costs and expenses reasonably incurred by that Finance Party as a result of steps taken by it under Clause 17.1 (Mitigation). 

 

	18.	 COSTS AND EXPENSES 

  

	 	18.1	 Transaction expenses 

 The Borrower shall promptly on demand pay to the Agent the amount of all costs and expenses (including legal fees) reasonably incurred by any of them in connection with the negotiation, preparation,
printing, perfection, execution, registration and syndication of: 
  

	 	(a)	 this Agreement and any other documents referred to in this Agreement; and 

 

	 	(b)	 any other Finance Documents executed after the date of this Agreement. 

 

	 	18.2	 Amendment costs 

 If (a) the Borrower requests an amendment, waiver or consent or (b) an amendment is required pursuant to Clause 28.9 (Change of currency), the Borrower shall, within three Business Days
of demand, reimburse the Agent for the amount of all costs and expenses (including legal fees) reasonably incurred by the Agent in responding to, evaluating, negotiating or complying with that request or requirement. 

 

	 	18.3	 Enforcement costs 

 The Borrower shall, within three Business Days of demand, pay to each Finance Party the amount of all costs and expenses (including legal fees) incurred by that Finance Party in connection with the
enforcement of, or the preservation of any rights under, any Finance Document. 
  

	19.	 SECURITY 

 The Borrower’s obligations and liabilities under the Finance Documents, including (without limitation) the Borrower’s obligation to repay the Loans together with all unpaid interest, default
interest, commissions, charges, expenses and any other derived liability whatsoever of the Borrower towards the Finance Parties in connection with the Finance Documents, shall immediately after completion of the Acquisition and in any event within
30 days after completion of the Acquisition, and at any and all times thereafter until all amounts due to the Finance Parties hereunder have been paid and/or repaid in full, be secured by the Share Pledge. 

The Borrower undertakes to execute or procure the execution of such further documentation as the Agent may reasonable
require in order for the relevant Finance Parties to maintain the security position envisaged hereunder. 

  
 25 

  

	20.	 REPRESENTATIONS AND WARRANTIES 

 The Borrower represents and warrants to each Finance Party as follows: 
  

	 	20.1	 Status 

 The Borrower and each Subsidiary is a limited liability company, duly incorporated and validly existing under the laws of incorporation of the relevant company and has the power to own its assets and
carry on its business as it is currently being conducted. 
  

	 	20.2	 Binding obligations 

 The Finance Documents to which the Borrower is a party constitute the legal, valid, binding and enforceable obligations, and, save as provided herein or therein and/or as have been or shall be completed
prior to the relevant Drawdown Date, no registration, filing, payment of tax or fees or other formalities are necessary or desired to render the Finance Documents enforceable against the Borrower. 

 

	 	20.3	 No conflict with other obligations 

 The entry into and performance by it of, and the transactions contemplated by, the Finance Documents to which it is a party do not and will not conflict with: 

 

	 	(a)	 any law or regulation or any order or decree of any governmental agency or court by which it is bound; 

 

	 	(b)	 any constitutional documents of the Borrower; or 

  

	 	(c)	 any agreement or document to which it is a party or by which it or any of its assets are bound. 

 

	 	20.4	 Power and authority 

 It has the power to enter into, perform and deliver, and has taken all necessary actions to authorise its entry into, performance and delivery of, the Finance Documents to which it is a party and the
transactions contemplated by those Finance Documents. 
  

	 	20.5	 Authorisations and consents 

 All authorisations, approvals, consents and other matters, official or otherwise, required by it in connection with the entering into, performance, validity and enforceability of the Finance Documents and
the transactions contemplated hereby and thereby have been obtained or effected and are in full force and effect. 
  

	 	20.6	 Taxes 

 It has complied with all material taxation laws in all jurisdictions where it is subject to taxation and has paid all material Taxes and other amounts due to governments and other public bodies. No claims
are being asserted against it with respect to any Taxes or other payments due to public or governmental bodies. It is not required to make any withholdings or deductions for or on account of Tax from any payment it may make under any of the Finance
Documents. 
  

	 	20.7	 No Default 

 No Default or Termination Event is continuing or might reasonably be expected to result from the making of the Loans. No other event or circumstances is outstanding which constitutes a default or (with
the expiry of a grace period, giving of notice or the making of any determination 

  
 26 

 
or any combination of the foregoing) might constitute a default under any other agreement or instrument which is binding on it or any of its Subsidiaries (if any) or to which its (or any of its
Subsidiaries’ (if any)) assets are subject and which might have a Material Adverse Effect. 
  

	 	20.8	 No misleading information 

 Any factual information, documents, exhibits or reports relating to the Borrower or the Group and which have been furnished to the Finance Parties by or on behalf of the Borrower are complete and correct
in all material respects, including the corporate structure set out in Schedule 8 and do not contain any material misstatement of fact or omit to state a fact making such information, exhibits or reports misleading in any material respect.

  

	 	20.9	 Original Financial Statements 

  

	 	(a)	 Complete and correct. The Original Financial Statements fairly and accurately represent the assets, liabilities and the financial condition
of the Borrower and the Group and have been prepared in accordance with US GAAP consistently applied. 

  

	 	(b)	 No undisclosed liabilities. As of the date of the Original Financial Statements, neither the Borrower nor any of the Borrower’s
Subsidiaries have had any material liabilities, direct or indirect, actual or contingent, and there is no material, unrealised or anticipated losses from any unfavourable commitments not disclosed by or reserved against in the Original Financial
Statements or in the notes thereto. 

  

	 	(c)	 No material change. Since the date of the Original Financial Statements, there has been no material adverse change in the business,
operations, assets or condition (financial or otherwise) of the Borrower or the Group taken as a whole. 

  

	 	20.10	 Pari passu ranking 

 Its payment obligations under the Finance Documents rank at least pari passu with the claims of all its other unsecured and unsubordinated creditors, except for obligations preferred by mandatory
law applying to companies generally. 
  

	 	20.11	 No proceedings pending or threatened 

No litigation, arbitration or administrative proceedings of or before any court, arbitral body or agency, which, if
adversely determined, might reasonably be expected to have a Material Adverse Effect, have (to the best of its knowledge and belief) been started or threatened against it. 

 

	 	20.12	 No immunity 

 The execution and delivery by it of each Finance Document to which it is a party constitute, and its exercise of its rights and performance of its obligations under each Finance Document will constitute,
private and commercial acts performed for private and commercial purposes, and it will not (except for bankruptcy or any similar proceedings) be entitled to claim for itself or any or all of its assets immunity from suit, execution, attachment or
other legal process in any other proceedings taken in Norway in relation to any Finance Document. 

  
 27 

	 	20.13	 No winding-up 

 It has not taken any corporate action nor have any other steps been taken or legal proceedings been started or threatened against it for its reorganisation, winding-up, dissolution or administration or
for the appointment of a receiver, administrator, administrative receiver, trustee or similar officer of it or any or all of its assets. 
  

	 	20.14	 Environmental compliance 

 The Borrower has performed and observed in all material respects all Environmental Laws, Environmental Approvals and all other material covenants, conditions, restrictions or agreements directly or
indirectly concerned with any contamination, pollution or waste or the release or discharge of any toxic or hazardous substance. 
  

	 	20.15	 Environmental Claims 

 No Environmental Claim has been commenced or (to the best of the Borrower’s knowledge and belief) is threatened against the Borrower or any of its Subsidiaries where that claim would be reasonably
likely, if adversely determined, to have a Material Adverse Effect on the Borrower. 
  

	 	20.16	 No money laundering 

 It will be acting for its own account in relation to each Loan and in relation to the performance and the discharge of its obligations and liabilities under the Finance Documents and the transactions and
other arrangements effected or contemplated by the Finance Documents to which the Borrower is a party, and the foregoing will not involve or lead to contravention of any law, official requirement or other regulatory measure or procedure implemented
to combat money laundering (as defined in Article 1 of the Directive (91/308/EEC) and Directive 2001/97 of the European Parliament and of 4 December 2001 amending Council Directive 91/308). 

 

	 	20.17	 Ownership of Assets including Intellectual Property Rights 

The Borrower and each of its Subsidiaries has good title to or valid leases or licences of or is otherwise entitled to use
and permit to use all assets necessary to conduct its business in all material ways and particularly: 
  

	 	(a)	 is the sole legal and beneficial owner of or has licensed to it on normal commercial terms all the Intellectual Property Rights which is material in
the context of its business and which is required by it in order to carry on its business as it is being conducted; 

  

	 	(b)	 does not (nor does any of its Subsidiaries), in carrying on its business, infringe any Intellectual Property Rights of any third party in any
material respect; and 

  

	 	(c)	 has taken all formal or procedural actions (including payment of fees) required to maintain all registered Intellectual Property Rights owned by it.

  

	 	20.18	 Repetition 

 The representations and warranties set out in this Clause 20 are deemed to be made by the Borrower on the date of this Agreement and shall be deemed to be repeated: 

 

	 	(a)	 on the date of a Drawdown Notice; 

  
 28 

	 	(b)	 on each Drawdown Date; 

  

	 	(c)	 on the delivery date of a Compliance Certificate; and 

 

	 	(d)	 on the first day of each Interest Period. 

  

	21.	 INFORMATION UNDERTAKINGS 

 The Borrower gives the undertakings set out in this Clause 21 to each Finance Party and such undertakings shall remain in force throughout the term of this Agreement. 

 

	 	21.1	 Financial statements 

 The Borrower shall supply to the Agent in sufficient copies certified (by an authorised signatory) for all of the Lenders: 
  

	 	(a)	 as soon as the same become available, but in any event within one hundred and twenty (120) days after the end of the Borrower’s financial
years the audited consolidated and unconsolidated financial statements for that financial year; 

  

	 	(b)	 as soon as the same become available, but in any event within sixty (60) days after the end of each financial quarter of the Borrower’s
financial years, unaudited consolidated financial statements for that financial quarter; 

  

	 	(c)	 within 15 December of each year provide the Agent with a budget for the next year in sufficient detail as required by the Agent.

  

	 	(d)	 notwithstanding the terms of this Clause 21.1, the Agent may require the Borrower to provide any other information as the Agent may reasonably
request from time to time. 

  

	 	21.2	 Compliance Certificate 

 The Borrower shall supply to the Agent together with each set of financial statements referred to in Clause 21.1 (Financial statements), a Compliance Certificate setting out (in reasonable detail)
computations as to compliance with Clause 22 (Financial covenants) as at the date at which those financial statements were drawn up. Each Compliance Certificate shall be signed by an officer appointed by the Chief Executive Officer of the
Borrower. 
  

	 	21.3	 Requirements as to financial statements 

  

	 	(a)	 The Borrower shall procure that each set of financial statements delivered pursuant to Clause 21.1 (Financial statements) is prepared using
US GAAP, accounting practices and financial reference periods consistent with those applied in the preparation of the Original Financial Statements, unless, in relation to any set of financial statements, it notifies the Agent that there has
been a change in US GAAP, the accounting practices or reference periods and its auditors deliver to the Agent a description of an change necessary for those financial statements to reflect US GAAP, accounting practices and reference
periods upon which the Original Financial Statements were prepared. 

  

	 	(b)	 Any reference in this Agreement to those financial statements shall be construed as a reference to those financial statements as adjusted to reflect
the basis upon which the Original Financial Statements were prepared. 

  
 29 

	 	21.4	 Information - miscellaneous 

 The Borrower shall notify the Agent and/or supply to the Agent (in sufficient copies for all the Lenders, if the Agent so requests): 

 

	 	(a)	 all material documents dispatched by the Borrower to its shareholders, or its creditors generally at the same time as they are dispatched;

  

	 	(b)	 immediately upon becoming aware of them, the details of any litigation, arbitration or administrative proceedings which are current, threatened or
pending against the Borrower or any of its Subsidiaries which might, if adversely determined, have a Material Adverse Effect; and 

  

	 	(c)	 immediately such other information of any member of the Group as any Finance Party (through the Agent) may reasonably request, including but not
limited to the business, operations, assets, operations, dealings with shareholders or any Close Related Party. 

  

	 	21.5	 Notification of default 

  

	 	(a)	 The Borrower shall notify the Agent of any Default (and the steps, if any, being taken to remedy it) promptly upon becoming aware of its occurrence.

  

	 	(b)	 Promptly upon a request by the Agent, the Borrower shall supply to the Agent a certificate signed by two of its directors or senior officers on its
behalf certifying that no Default is continuing (or if a Default is continuing, specifying the Default and the steps, if any, being taken to remedy it). 

 

	 	21.6	 Notification of Environmental Claims 

The Borrower shall inform the Agent in writing as soon as reasonably practicable upon becoming aware of the same:

  

	 	(a)	 if any Environmental Claim has been commenced or (to the best of the Borrower’s knowledge and belief) is threatened against the Borrower; and

  

	 	(b)	 of any fact and circumstances which will or are reasonably likely to result in any Environmental Claim being commenced or threatened against the
Borrower, 

 where the claim would be reasonably likely, if determined against the Borrower, to
have a Material Adverse Effect. 
  

	 	21.7	 Know your customer requirements 

  

	 	(a)	 The Borrower must promptly on the request of any Finance Party or prospective New Lender supply to that Finance Party or prospective New Lender any
documentation or other information which is reasonably requested by that Finance Party (whether for itself or on behalf of any Finance Party or any prospective New Lender) to enable a Finance Party or prospective New Lender to carry out and be
satisfied with the results of all applicable know your customer requirements. 

  
 30 

	 	(b)	 Each Lender must promptly on the request of the Agent supply to the Agent any documentation or other evidence which is reasonably required by the
Agent to carry out and be satisfied with the results of all applicable know your customer requirements. 

  

	 	21.8	 “Know your customer” checks 

  

	 	(a)	 If: 

  

	 	(i)	 the introduction of or any change in (or in the interpretation, administration or application of) any law or regulation made after the date of this
Agreement; 

  

	 	(ii)	 any change in the status or ownership of the Borrower after the date of this Agreement; or 

 

	 	(iii)	 a proposed assignment or transfer by a Lender of any of its rights and obligations under this Agreement to a party that is not a Lender prior to
such assignment or transfer, 

 obliges the Agent or any Lender (or, in the case of sub-clause
(iii) above, any prospective New Lender) to comply with “know your customer” or similar identification procedures in circumstances where the necessary information is not already available to it, the Borrower shall promptly upon the
request of the Agent or any Lender supply, or procure the supply of, such documentation and other evidence as is reasonably requested by the Agent (for itself or on behalf of any Lender) or any Lender (for itself or, in the case of the event
described in sub-clause (iii) above, on behalf of any prospective New Lender) in order for the Agent, such Lender or, in the case of the event described in sub-clause (iii) above, any prospective New Lender to carry out and be satisfied it
has complied with all necessary “know your customer” or other similar checks under all applicable laws and regulations pursuant to the transactions contemplated in the Finance Documents. 

 

	 	(b)	 Each Lender shall promptly upon the request of the Agent supply, or procure the supply of, such documentation and other evidence as is reasonably
requested by the Agent (for itself) in order for the Agent to carry out and be satisfied it has complied with all necessary “know your customer” or other similar checks under all applicable laws and regulations pursuant to the transactions
contemplated in the Finance Documents. 

  

	22.	 FINANCIAL COVENANTS 

  

	 	22.1	 Leverage Ratio 

 The Borrower will procure that, throughout the term of this Agreement, the Leverage Ratio of the Borrower shall not be higher than 3.0. 

 

	 	22.2	 Equity Ratio 

 The Borrower will procure that throughout the term of this Agreement the Equity Ratio shall be at least 25%. 

  
 31 

	 	22.3	 Financial testing 

 The financial covenants set out in this Clause 22 shall be calculated the first time on 30 September 2010 based on the quarterly accounts ending on that date and each quarter end thereafter in
accordance with US GAAP unless otherwise adjusted herein and tested by reference to the latest financial statements (whether audited or unaudited) and/or each Compliance Certificate. Additionally, the financial covenants shall be calculated
based on the audited annual financial statements by reference to the Compliance Certificate. 
  

	23.	 GENERAL UNDERTAKINGS 

 The Borrower gives the undertakings set out in this Clause 23 to each Finance Party and such undertakings shall remain in force throughout the term of this Agreement. 

 

	 	23.1	 Authorisations 

 The Borrower shall promptly: 
  

	 	(a)	 obtain, comply with and do all that is necessary to maintain in full force and effect; and 

 

	 	(b)	 supply certified copies to the Agent of, 

 any authorisation required under any law or regulation of its jurisdiction of incorporation to enable it to perform its obligations under the Finance Documents and to ensure the legality, validity,
enforceability or admissibility in evidence in its jurisdiction of incorporation of any Finance Document. 
  

	 	23.2	 Compliance with laws 

 The Borrower shall comply in all respects with all laws to which it may be subject, if failure so to comply would materially impair its ability to perform its obligations under the Finance Documents.

  

	 	23.3	 Negative pledge 

 Except as permitted pursuant to sub-clauses (a) - (d) below the Borrower shall not create or permit to subsist any Security Interest over any of the assets: 

 

	 	(a)	 any Security Interest existing at the date of this Agreement and as disclosed to and approved by the Agent in writing is permitted to subsist;

  

	 	(b)	 any right of netting or set-off arrangement in respect of (x) an overdraft facility provided by the Agent in the equivalent amount of
NOK 100,000,000 but only to the extent the netting and set-off relates to accounts within the overdraft facility system, or (y) interest and currency hedging subject to a master agreement on terms and conditions standard within the
industry and without providing a Security Interest; 

  

	 	(c)	 any lien arising by operation of law and in the ordinary course of trading and not as a result of any default or omission by any member of the
Group; and 

  

	 	(d)	 any Security Interest arising under any retention of title or other arrangement with similar effect in respect of goods supplied to a member of the
Group in the ordinary course of trading and on the supplier’s standard and usual terms and not as a result of any default or omission by any member of the Group. 

  
 32 

	 	23.4	 Acquisition and Merger 

 With the exception of the Acquisition, the Borrower shall not and shall procure that no other member of the Group, without the prior written consent of the Agent, such consent not to be unreasonably
withheld, enter into any amalgamation, merger or acquisition of a business in excess of a gross value (enterprise value) of NOK 500,000,000. 
  

	 	23.5	 Disposal restrictions 

 The Borrower shall not and shall procure that no other member of the Group, without the prior written consent of the Agent, enters into a Disposal in excess of NOK 75,000,000, unless the Borrower complies
with Clause 9.3 (Mandatory Reduction – prepayment – Disposal and Insurance Proceeds). 
  

	 	23.6	 No dividend 

 Except with the prior written consent of the Agent (not to be unreasonably withheld) and always provided the Borrower shall be in compliance with the terms of this Agreement after any such payment, the
Borrower will not pay any form of dividend, enter into any derivatives on shares issued by a member of the Group or make other distributions to any of its shareholders. 

 

	 	23.7	 Financial Indebtedness restrictions 

The Borrower shall not and shall procure that no other member of the Group incurs any Financial Indebtedness without the
prior written consent of the Agent (acting on the instructions of the Majority Lenders), except for any Financial Indebtedness up to NOK 100,000,000, excluding an overdraft facility provided by Fokus Bank in the amount of NOK 100,000,000.

  

	 	23.8	 Financial Support 

  

	 	(a)	 The Borrower shall not and shall procure that no other member of the Group incur or allow to subsist any Financial Support, except for:

  

	 	(i)	 any Financial Support up to USD 40,000,000 for the purposes of refinancing the bank debt in ALY or the US Subsidiary (as the case may be); and

  

	 	(ii)	 an overdraft facility provided by Fokus Bank in the amount of NOK 100,000,000. 

 

	 	(b)	 The restrictions in paragraph a) above do not apply to: 

 

	 	(i)	 any Financial Support made or allowed to subsist by the Borrower or any member of the Group in the ordinary course of the trading activities of that
member of the Group; 

  

	 	(ii)	 any Financial Support consented to in writing by the Majority Lenders; and 

 

	 	(iii)	 Financial Support otherwise permitted under this Agreement. 

  
 33 

	 	23.9	 Investments 

 With the exception of the Acquisition, the Borrower shall not and shall procure that no other member of the Group makes or promises to make any investments and/or capital expenditure in excess of the
aggregate of NOK 300,000,000 for 2010 and NOK 200,000,000 for each calendar year thereafter, exclusive of capital expenditure related to the modular rig under construction for the account of the Borrower at Streicher with scheduled delivery in the
fourth quarter of 2010, without the prior written consent of the Agent (acting on the instructions of the Majority Lenders). The Agent upon receiving consent from the Majority Lenders, may but shall not be obliged to, provide consent for investments
in lump sum amounts and for unspecified investments. 
  

	23.10	 Dealings between members of the Group and ALY /US Subsidiary 

Except for as set out in Clause 23.8(a) (i), the Borrower shall not (and shall ensure that each other member of the Group
do not) conduct any dealings or enter into any transactions with ALY, the US Subsidiary (as the case may be) or any of its subsidiaries. 
  

	 	23.11	 Nature and Conduct of Business 

 The Borrower shall procure that no substantial change is made to the general nature of the business of the Borrower and the Group from that carried on at the date of this Agreement and further shall:

  

	 	(a)	 carry on and conduct its business in a proper and efficient manner hereunder ascertaining a prudent interest and currency strategy;

  

	 	(b)	 ensure that it has the right and is duly qualified to conduct its business as it is conducted in all applicable jurisdictions, and will obtain and
use its best endeavours to maintain all franchises, rights, consents, licences, permissions and approvals necessary for the conduct of its business; 

  

	 	(c)	 pay and discharge all taxes, assessments and governmental charges prior to the date on which the same shall become overdue unless and to the extent
only that such taxes, assessments and charges shall be contested by any of them in good faith by appropriate proceedings, pending determination of which payment may lawfully be withheld, provided that there shall have been set aside adequate
reserves with respect to any such taxes, assessments or charges so contested in accordance with generally accepted principles; 

  

	 	(d)	 claim all tax refunds and relief payments promptly; and 

 

	 	(e)	 not change its residence for tax purposes. 

  

	 	23.12	 Intellectual Property Rights 

 The Borrower shall, and ensure that the other members of the Group will, take all necessary action to protect, maintain and keep in full force and effect all the rights and benefits of any member of the
Group in relation to any Intellectual Property Rights which is suitable and material to such member of the Group. 

  
 34 

	 	23.13	 Insurance 

  

	 	(a)	 The Borrower shall maintain insurances on and in relation to its business and assets against those risks and to the extent as is usual for companies
carrying on the same or substantially similar business. 

  

	 	(b)	 All insurances must be with reputable independent insurance companies or underwriters. 

 

	24.	 EVENTS OF DEFAULT 

 Each of the events or circumstances set out in this Clause 24 is an Event of Default. 
  

	 	24.1	 Non-payment 

 The Borrower does not pay on the due date any amount payable pursuant to a Finance Document at the place and in the currency in which it is expressed to be payable unless: 

 

	 	(a)	 its failure to pay is caused by administrative or technical error affecting the transfer of funds despite timely payment instructions by the
Borrower; and 

  

	 	(b)	 payment is made within three (3) Business Days of its due date. 

 

	 	24.2	 Financial covenants 

 Any requirement in Clause 22 (Financial covenants) is not satisfied at any time. 
  

	 	24.3	 Other obligations 

  

	 	(a)	 The Borrower does not comply with any provision of the Finance Documents (other than those referred to in Clause 24.1 (Non-payment) and
Clause 24.2(Financial covenants). 

  

	 	(b)	 No Event of Default under paragraph a) above will occur if the failure to comply is capable of remedy and is remedied within ten (10) running
days of the earlier of the Agent giving notice to the Borrower or the Borrower becoming aware of the failure to comply. 

  

	 	24.4	 Misrepresentations 

 Any representation or statement made or deemed to be made by the Borrower in the Finance Documents or any other document delivered by or on behalf of the Borrower under or in connection with any of the
Finance Documents is or proves to have been incorrect or misleading in any material respect when made or deemed to be made. 
  

	 	24.5	 Cross default 

  

	 	(a)	 Any Financial Indebtedness of the Borrower or any other member of the Group is not paid when due nor within any originally applicable grace period;

  

	 	(b)	 any Financial Indebtedness of the Borrower or any other member of the Group is declared to be or otherwise becomes due and payable prior to its
specified maturity as a result of an event of default (however described); 

  
 35 

  

	 	(c)	 any commitment for any Financial Indebtedness of the Borrower or any other member of the Group is cancelled or suspended by a creditor of the
Borrower or any other member of the Group as a result of an event of default (however described); or 

  

	 	(d)	 any creditor of the Borrower or any other member of the Group and entitled to declare any Financial Indebtedness of the Borrower or any other member
of the Group due and payable prior to its specified maturity as a result of an event of default (however described) 

 in circumstances where the aggregate amount of all such Financial Indebtedness referred to in all or any of sub-clauses (a) to (d) is NOK 5,000,000 (or its equivalent in other currencies) or
more. 
  

	 	24.6	 Insolvency 

  

	 	(a)	 The Borrower or any member of the Group is unable or admits inability to pay its debts as they fall due, suspends making payments on any of its
debts or, by reason of actual or anticipated financial difficulties, commences negotiations with one or more of its creditors with a view to rescheduling any of its indebtedness. 

 

	 	(b)	 The value of the assets of the Borrower or any other member of the Group is less than its liabilities (taking into account contingent and
prospective liabilities). 

  

	 	(c)	 A moratorium is declared in respect of any indebtedness of the Borrower or any other member of the Group. 

 

	 	24.7	 Insolvency proceedings 

 Any corporate action, legal proceedings or other procedure or step is taken in relation to: 
  

	 	(a)	 the suspension of payments, a moratorium of any indebtedness, winding-up, dissolution, administration or reorganisation (by way of voluntary
arrangement, scheme or arrangement or otherwise) of the Borrower or any other member of the Group ; 

  

	 	(b)	 a composition, compromise, assignment or arrangement with any creditor of the Borrower or any other member of the Group;

  

	 	(c)	 the appointment of a liquidator, receiver, administrative receiver, administrator or other similar officer in respect of the Borrower or any other
member of the Group; or 

  

	 	(d)	 enforcement of any Security Interest over any assets of the Borrower or any other member of the Group. 

 

	 	24.8	 Creditor’s process 

 Any attachment or execution affects any asset or assets of the Borrower or any member of the Group having an aggregate value of NOK 5,000,000. 

 

	 	24.9	 Unlawfulness 

 It is or becomes unlawful for the Borrower and/or any of the parties to any of the Finance Documents to perform any of their respective obligations under the Finance Documents. 

  
 36 

	 	24.10	 Material adverse change 

 Any event or series of events occur which, in the opinion of the Agent (on behalf of the Lenders), might have a Material Adverse Effect on the Borrower or the Group taken as a whole. 

 

	 	24.11	 Litigation 

 There is current, pending or threatened any claims, litigation, arbitration or administrative proceedings against a member of the Group which might, if adversely determined, have a Material Adverse Effect
on the Borrower. 
  

	 	24.12	 Acceleration 

 Upon the occurrence of an Event of Default, the Agent may, and shall if so directed by the Majority Lenders, by written notice to the Borrower: 

 

	 	(a)	 cancel the Total Commitments whereupon they shall immediately be cancelled; 

 

	 	(b)	 declare that all or part of the Loans together with accrued interest, and all other amounts accrued or outstanding under the Finance Documents, be
either immediately due and payable and/or payable upon demand, whereupon they shall become either immediately due and payable or payable on demand; 

  

	 	(c)	 declare that all outstanding Bank Guarantees be cash collateralised, whereupon they shall immediately be cash collateralised in a manner acceptable
to the Agent. 

  

	 	(d)	 increase the Applicable Margin by 2 per cent units; 

 

	 	(e)	 start enforcement in respect of the Security Interests established by the Security Documents; and/or 

 

	 	(f)	 take any other action, with or without notice to the Borrower, exercise any other right or pursue any other remedy conferred upon the Agent or the
Finance Parties by any of the Finance Documents or by any applicable law or regulation or otherwise as a consequence of such Event of Default. 

  

	25.	 CHANGES TO THE PARTIES 

  

	 	25.1	 No assignment by the Borrower 

 The Borrower may not assign or transfer or have assumed any part of, or any interest in, its rights and/or obligations under the Finance Documents. 

 

	 	25.2	 Assignments and transfers by the Lenders 

A Lender (the “Existing Lender”) may at any time assign, transfer or have assumed its rights or
obligations under the Finance Documents (a “Transfer”) to: 
  

	 	(a)	 another Existing Lender or an affiliate of an Existing Lender; or 

 

	 	(b)	 provided no Event of Default is continuing, after prior consent of the Borrower, such consent not to be unreasonably withheld, another bank or
financial institution or to a trust, fund or other entity which is regularly engaged in or established for the purpose of making, purchasing or investing in loans, securities or other financial assets (the “New Lender”); or

  
 37 

  

	 	(c)	 if an Event of Default is continuing, after consulting the Borrower (other than to another Existing Lender or an affiliate of an Existing Lender), a
New Lender. 

  

	 	25.3	 Limitations of responsibility of Existing Lenders 

 

	 	25.3.1	 The Borrower’s performance, etc 

Unless expressly agreed to the contrary, an Existing Lender makes no representation or warranty and assumes no
responsibility to the New Lender for: 
  

	 	(a)	 the legality, validity, effectiveness, adequacy or enforceability of the Finance Documents or any other documents; 

 

	 	(b)	 the financial condition of the Borrower; 

  

	 	(c)	 the performance and observance by the Borrower’s obligations under the Finance Documents or any other documents; or

  

	 	(d)	 the accuracy of any statements (whether written or oral) made in or in connection with the Finance Documents or any other document.

  

	 	25.3.2	 New Lender’s own credit appraisal, etc 

Each New Lender confirms to the Existing Lender and the other Finance Parties that it: 

 

	 	(a)	 has made (and will continue to make) its own independent investigation and assessment of the financial condition and affairs of the Borrower and
related entities in connection with its participation in this Agreement and has not relied exclusively on any information provided to it by the Existing Lender in connection with any Finance Document; and 

 

	 	(b)	 will continue to make its own independent appraisal of the creditworthiness of the Borrower and related entities whilst any amount is or may be
outstanding under the Finance Documents or any Commitment is in force. 

  

	 	25.3.3	 Re-transfer to an Existing Lender, etc 

Nothing in any Finance Document obliges an Existing Lender to: 

 

	 	(a)	 accept a re-transfer from a New Lender of any of the rights and obligations assigned or transferred under this Clause 25; or

  

	 	(b)	 support any losses directly or indirectly incurred by the New Lender by reason of the non-performance by the Borrower of its obligations under the
Finance Documents or otherwise. 

  
 38 

	 	25.4	 Procedure for transfer 

 Any Transfer shall be effected as follows: 
  

	 	(a)	 the Existing Lender must notify the Agent of its intention to Transfer all or part of its rights and obligations by delivering a duly completed
Transfer Certificate to the Agent duly executed by the Existing Lender and the New Lender; 

  

	 	(b)	 subject to Clause 25.2 (Assignments and transfers by the Lenders), the Agent shall as soon as reasonably possible after receipt of a Transfer
Certificate execute the Transfer Certificate and deliver a copy of the same to each of the Existing Lender and the New Lender; and 

  

	 	(c)	 subject to Clause 25.2 (Assignments and transfers by the Lenders), the Transfer shall become effective on the Transfer Date.

  

	 	25.5	 Effects of the Transfer 

 On the Transfer Date: 
  

	 	(a)	 to the extent that in the Transfer Certificate the Existing Lender seeks to transfer its rights and obligations under the Finance Documents, the
Borrower and the Existing Lender shall be released from further obligations to one another under the Finance Documents and their respective rights against one another under the Finance Documents shall be cancelled (the “Discharged Rights and
Obligations”); 

  

	 	(b)	 the Borrower and the New Lender shall assume obligations towards one another and/or acquire rights against one another which differ from the
Discharged Rights and Obligations only insofar as the Borrower and the New Lender have assumed and/or acquired the same in place of the Borrower and the Existing Lender; 

 

	 	(c)	 the Agent, the New Lender and the other Lenders shall acquire the same rights and assume the same obligations between themselves as they would have
acquired and assumed had the New Lender been an original Lender hereunder with the rights and/or obligations acquired or assumed by it as a result of the Transfer and to that extent the Agent and the Existing Lender shall each be released from
further obligations to each other under the Finance Documents; and 

  

	 	(d)	 the New Lender shall become a Party as a “Lender”. 

 

	 	25.6	 Further assurances 

 The Borrower undertakes to procure that in relation to any Transfer, the Borrower shall (at its own cost) at the request of the Agent execute such documents as may in the discretion of the Agent be
necessary to ensure that the New Lender attains the benefit of the Finance Documents. 
  

	 	25.7	 Disclosure of information 

 Any Lender may disclose: 
  

	 	(a)	 to any of its affiliates and a potential assignee; 

 

	 	(b)	 to whom that Lender enters into (or may potentially enter into) any transfer of a participation or sub-participation in relation to, or any other
transaction under which payments are to be made by reference to, this Agreement or the Borrower; and 

  
 39 

	 	(c)	 to whom, to the extent that, information is required to be disclosed by any applicable law, 

such information about the Borrower and the Finance Documents as that Lender shall consider appropriate, provided that
such disclosure shall, as contemplated in b) hereof, be subject to the prior written approval by the Borrower, such approval not to be unreasonably withheld, if such potential assignee is not an affiliate of any of the Lenders. 

 

	26.	 ROLE OF THE AGENT 

  

	 	26.1	 Appointment and authorisation of the Agent 

  

	 	(a)	 Each other Finance Party appoints the Agent to act as its agent under and in connection with the Finance Documents. 

 

	 	(b)	 Each other Finance Party authorises the Agent to exercise the rights, powers, authorities and discretions specifically given to the Agent under or
in connection with the Finance Documents together with any other reasonable incidental rights, powers, authorities and discretions. 

  

	 	26.2	 Duties of the Agent 

 The Agent shall not have any duties or responsibilities except those expressly set forth in the Finance Documents, and the Agent’s duties under the Finance Documents are solely mechanical and
administrative in nature. The Agent shall: 
  

	 	(a)	 promptly forward to a Party the original or a copy of any document which is delivered to it in its capacity as Agent for the attention of that Party
by another Party; 

  

	 	(b)	 supply the other Finance Parties with all material information which the Agent receives from the Borrower; 

 

	 	(c)	 if it receives notice from a Party referring to this Agreement, describing an Event of Default and stating that the circumstance is an Event of
Default, promptly notify the Finance Parties; and 

  

	 	(d)	 from it receives sufficient information; promptly notify the Lenders of the occurrence of any Event of Default arising under Clause 24 (Events of
Default). 

  

	 	26.3	 Relationship 

 The relationship between the Agent and the other Finance Parties is that of agent and principal only. Nothing in this Agreement shall be construed as to constitute the Agent or the Finance Parties as
trustee or fiduciary for any other person, and neither the Agent nor the Finance Parties shall be bound to account to any Finance Party for any sum or the profit element of any sum received by it for its own account. 

 

	 	26.4	 Business with the Borrower 

 The Agent may accept deposits from, lend money to and generally engage in any kind of banking or other business with the Borrower. 

  
 40 

	 	26.5	 Rights and discretions of the Agent 

  

	 	(a)	 The Agent may rely on: 

  

	 	(i)	 any representation, notice or document reasonably believed by it to be genuine, correct and appropriately authorised; and

  

	 	(ii)	 any statement made by a director, authorised signatory or employee of any person regarding any matters which may reasonably be assumed to be within
his knowledge or within his power to verify. 

  

	 	(b)	 The Agent may assume (unless it has received notice to the contrary in its capacity as Agent for the Lenders) that: 

 

	 	(i)	 no Event of Default has occurred (unless it has actual knowledge of an Event of Default under Clause 24.1 (Non-payment)); and

  

	 	(ii)	 any right, power, authority or discretion vested in any Party or the Majority Lenders has not been exercised. 

 

	 	(c)	 The Agent may engage, pay for and rely on the advise or services of any lawyers, accountants, surveyors or other experts.

  

	 	(d)	 The Agent may act in relation to the Finance Documents through its personnel and agents. 

 

	 	(e)	 The Agent may disclose to any other Party any information it reasonably believes it has received as agent under this Agreement.

  

	 	(f)	 Each Lender shall supply the Agent with any information required by the Agent in order to calculate the Mandatory Cost in accordance with Schedule 7
(Mandatory Cost Formulae). 

  

	 	(g)	 Notwithstanding any other provision of any Finance Document to the contrary, the Agent is not obliged to do or omit to do anything if it would or
might in its reasonable opinion constitute a breach of any law or regulation or a breach of duty of confidentiality or render it liable to any person. 

 

	 	26.6	 Majority Lenders’ instructions 

  

	 	(a)	 Unless a contrary indication appears in a Finance Document, the Agent shall (i) exercise any right, power, authority or discretion vested in it
as Agent in accordance with any instructions given to it by the Majority Lenders (or, if so instructed by the Majority Lenders, refrain from exercising any right, power, authority or discretion vested in it as Agent) and (ii) not be liable for
any act (or omission) if it acts in accordance with an instruction of the Majority Lenders. 

  

	 	(b)	 Unless a contrary indication appears in a Finance Document, any instructions given by the Majority Lenders will be binding on all the Finance
Parties. 

  
 41 

	 	(c)	 The Agent may refrain from acting in accordance with the instructions of the Majority Lenders (or, if appropriate, the Lenders) until it has
received such security as it may require for any cost, loss or liability (together with any associated VAT) which it may incur in complying with the instructions. 

 

	 	(d)	 In the absence of instructions from the Majority Lenders (or, if appropriate, the Lenders) the Agent may act (or refrain from acting) as it
considers to be in the best interest of the Lenders. 

  

	 	(e)	 The Agent is not authorised to act on behalf of a Lender (without first obtaining that Lender’s consent) in any legal or arbitration
proceedings relating to any Finance Document. 

  

	 	26.7	 Responsibility for documentation 

 The Agent: 
  

	 	(a)	 is not responsible for the adequacy, accuracy and/or completeness of any information (whether oral or written) supplied by the Agent, the Borrower
or any other person in or in connection with any Finance Document; or 

  

	 	(b)	 is not responsible for the legality, validity, effectiveness, adequacy or enforceability of any Finance Document or any other agreement, arrangement
or document entered into, made in anticipation of or in connection with any Finance Document. 

  

	 	26.8	 Exclusion of liability 

  

	 	(a)	 Without limiting paragraph b) below, the Agent will not be liable for any action taken by it under or in connection with any Finance Document,
unless directly caused by its gross negligence or wilful misconduct. 

  

	 	(b)	 No Party (other than the Agent) may take any proceedings against any officer, employee or agent of the Agent in respect of any claim it might have
against the Agent or in respect of any act or omission of any kind by that officer, employee or agent in relation to any Finance Document and any officer, employee and agent of the Agent may rely on this Clause 26. 

 

	 	(c)	 The Agent will not be liable for any delay (or any related consequences) in crediting an account with an amount required under the Finance Documents
to be paid by the Agent if the Agent has taken all necessary steps as soon as reasonably practicable to comply with the regulations or operating procedures of any recognised clearing or settlement system used by the Agent for that purpose.

  

	 	(d)	 Nothing in this Agreement shall oblige the Agent to carry out any “know your customer” or other checks in relation to any person on behalf
of any Lender and each Lender confirms to the Agent that it is solely responsible for any such checks it is required to carry out and that it may not rely on any statement in relation to such checks made by the Agent. 

  
 42 

	 	26.9	 Lenders’ indemnity to the Agent 

Each Lender shall (in proportion to its share of the Total Commitments or, if the Total Commitments are then reduced to
zero, to its share of the Total Commitments immediately prior to their reduction to zero) indemnify the Agent, within three (3) Business Days of demand, against any cost, loss or liability incurred by the Agent (otherwise than by reason of the
Agent’s gross negligence or wilful misconduct) in acting as Agent under the Finance Documents (unless the Agent has been reimbursed by the Borrower pursuant to a Finance Document). 

 

	 	26.10	 Resignation of the Agent 

  

	 	(a)	 The Agent may resign and appoint one of its affiliates as successor by giving notice to the other Finance Parties and the Borrower.

  

	 	(b)	 Alternatively the Agent may, upon prior written consent of the Borrower, such consent not to be unreasonably withheld, resign by giving notice to
the other Finance Parties and the Borrower in which case the Majority Lenders (after consultation with the Borrower) may appoint a successor Agent. 

  

	 	(c)	 If the Majority Lenders have not appointed a successor Agent in accordance with paragraph b) above within thirty (30) days after notice of
resignation was given, the Agent (after consultation with the Borrower) may appoint a successor Agent, having sufficient experience in the administration of facilities comparable to this Facility. 

 

	 	(d)	 The retiring Agent shall, at its own cost, make available to the successor Agent such documents and records and provide such assistance as the
successor Agent may reasonably request for the purposes of performing its functions as Agent under the Finance Documents. 

  

	 	(e)	 The Agent’s resignation notice shall only take effect upon appointment of a successor. 

 

	 	(f)	 Upon the appointment of a successor, the retiring Agent shall be discharged from any further obligation in respect of the Finance Documents but
shall remain entitled to the benefit of this Clause 26. Its successor and each of the other Parties shall have the same rights and obligations amongst themselves as they would have had if such successor had been an original Party.

  

	 	(g)	 After prior written consent of the Borrower, such consent not to be unreasonably withheld, the Majority Lenders may, by notice to the Agent, require
it to resign in accordance with paragraph b) above. In this event, the Agent shall resign in accordance with paragraph b) above. 

  

	 	26.11	 Confidentiality 

  

	 	(a)	 In acting as agent for the Finance Parties the Agent shall be regarded as acting through its agency division which shall be treated as a separate
entity from any other of its divisions or departments. 

  

	 	(b)	 If information is received by another division or department of the Agent, it may be treated as confidential to that division or department and the
Agent shall not be deemed to have notice of it. 

  
 43 

	 	26.12	 Credit appraisal by the Lenders 

 Without affecting the responsibility of the Borrower for information supplied by it or on its behalf in connection with any Finance Document, each Lender confirms to the Agent that it has been, and will
continue to be, solely responsible for making its own independent appraisal and investigation of all risks arising under or in connection with any Finance Document, including (without limitation): 

 

	 	(a)	 the financial condition, status and nature of the Borrower; 

 

	 	(b)	 the legality, validity, effectiveness, adequacy or enforceability of any Finance Document and any other agreement, arrangement or document entered
into, made or executed in anticipation of, under or in connection with any Finance Document; and 

  

	 	(c)	 whether that Lender has recourse, and the nature and extent of that recourse, against any Party or any of its respective assets under or in
connection with any Finance Document, the transactions contemplated by the Finance Documents or any other agreement, arrangement or document, entered into, made or executed in anticipation of, under or in connection with any Finance Document.

  

	 	26.13	 Conduct of business of the Finance Parties 

No provision of this Agreement will: 
  

	 	(a)	 interfere with the right of any Finance Party to arrange its affairs (tax or otherwise) in whatever manner it thinks fit;

  

	 	(b)	 oblige any Finance Party to investigate or claim any credit, relief, remission or repayment available to it or to the extent, order or manner of any
claim; or 

  

	 	(c)	 oblige any Finance Party to disclose any information relating to its affairs (tax or otherwise) or any computations in respect of Tax.

  

	27.	 SHARING AMONG THE FINANCE PARTIES 

  

	 	27.1	 Payment to Finance Parties 

 If a Finance Party (a “Recovering Finance Party”) receives or recovers any amount from the Borrower other than in accordance with Clause 28 (Payment mechanics) and applies that
amount to a payment due under the Finance Documents then: 
  

	 	(a)	 the Recovering Finance Party shall promptly, within three (3) Business Days, notify details of the receipt or recovery to the Agent;

  

	 	(b)	 the Agent shall determine whether the receipt or recovery is in excess of the amount the Recovering Finance Party would have been paid had the
receipt or recovery been received by or made by the Agent and distributed in accordance with Clause 28 (Payment mechanics), without taking account of Tax which would be imposed on the Agent in relation to the receipt, recovery or
distribution; and 

  

	 	(c)	 the Recovering Finance Party shall, within three (3) Business Days of demand by the Agent, pay to the Agent an amount (the “Sharing
Payment”) equal to such receipt or 

  
 44 

	 	 
recovery less any amount which the Agent determines may be retained by the Recovering Finance Party as its share of any payment to be made, in accordance with Clause 28.5 (Partial
payments). 

  

	 	27.2	 Redistribution of payments 

 The Agent shall treat the Sharing Payment as if it had been paid by the Borrower, and distribute it between the Finance Parties (other than the Recovering Finance Party) in accordance with Clause 28.5
(Partial payments). 
  

	 	27.3	 Recovering Finance Party’s rights 

  

	 	(a)	 On a distribution by the Agent under Clause 27.2 (Redistribution of payments), the Recovering Finance Party will be subrogated to the rights
of the Finance Parties which have shared in the redistribution. 

  

	 	(b)	 If and to the extent that the Recovering Finance Party is not able to rely on its rights under paragraph a) above, the Borrower shall be liable to
the Recovering Finance Party for a debt equal to the Sharing Payment which is immediately due and payable. 

  

	 	27.4	 Reversal of redistribution 

 If any part of the Sharing Payment received or recovered by a Recovering Finance Party becomes repayable and is repaid by that Recovering Finance Party, then: 

 

	 	(a)	 each Finance Party which has received a share of the relevant Sharing Payment pursuant to Clause 27.2 (Redistribution of payments) shall, upon
request of the Agent, pay to the Agent for the account of that Recovering Finance Party an amount equal to the appropriate part of its share of the Sharing Payment (together with an amount as is necessary to reimburse that Recovering Finance Party
for its proportion of any interest on the Sharing Payment which that Recovering Finance Party is required to pay); and 

  

	 	(b)	 that Recovering Finance Party’s rights of subrogation in respect of any reimbursement shall be cancelled and the Borrower will be liable to the
reimbursing Finance Party for the amount so reimbursed. 

  

	 	27.5	 Exceptions 

  

	 	(a)	 This Clause 27 shall not apply to the extent that the Recovering Finance Party would not, after making any payment pursuant to this Clause 27, have
a valid and enforceable claim against the Borrower. 

  

	 	(b)	 A Recovering Finance Party is not obliged to share with any other Finance Party any amount which the Recovering Finance Party has received or
recovered as a result of taking legal proceedings, if: 

  

	 	(i)	 it notified that other Finance Party of the legal proceedings; and 

 

	 	(ii)	 that other Finance Party had an opportunity to participate in those legal or arbitration proceedings but did do so as reasonably practicable having
received notice and did not take separate legal or arbitration proceedings. 

  
 45 

	28.	 PAYMENT MECHANICS 

  

	 	28.1	 Payments to the Agent 

 All payments by the Borrower or a Lender under the Finance Documents shall be made: 
  

	 	(a)	 to the Agent to its account with such office or bank as the Agent may from time to time designate in writing to the Borrower or a Lender for this
purpose; and 

  

	 	(b)	 for value on the due date at such times and in such funds as the Agent may specify to the Party concerned as being customary at the time for
settlement of transactions in the relevant currency in the place of payment. 

  

	 	28.2	 Distributions by the Agent 

 Each payment received by the Agent under the Finance Documents for another Party shall, subject to Clause 28.3 (Distributions to the Borrower) and 28.4 (Clawback), be made available by the
Agent as soon as practicable after receipt to the Party entitled to receive payment in accordance with this Agreement, to such account as that Party may notify to the Agent by not less than five (5) Business Days’ notice. 

 

	 	28.3	 Distributions to the Borrower 

 The Agent may (with the consent of the Borrower or in accordance with Clause 29 (Set-off)), apply any amount received by it for the Borrower in or towards payment (on the date and in the currency
and funds of receipt) of any amount due from the Borrower under the Finance Documents or in or towards purchase of any amount of currency to be so applied. 
  

	 	28.4	 Clawback 

  

	 	(a)	 Where a sum is to be paid to the Agent under the Finance Documents for distribution to another Party, the Agent is not obliged to pay that sum to
that other Party until it has been able to establish to its satisfaction that it has actually received that sum. 

  

	 	(b)	 If the Agent pays an amount to another Party and it proves to be the case that the Agent had not actually received that amount, then the Party to
whom that amount was paid by the Agent shall on demand refund the same amount to the Agent, together with interest on that amount from the date of payment to the date of receipt by the Agent, calculated by the Agent to reflect its cost of funds.

  

	 	28.5	 Partial payments 

 If the Agent receives a payment that is insufficient to discharge all the amounts then due and payable by the Borrower under the Finance Documents, the Agent shall apply that payment towards the
obligations of the Borrower under the Finance Documents in the following order: 
  

	 	(a)	 firstly, in or towards payment pro rata of any unpaid fees, costs and expenses of the Agent under the Finance Documents;

  

	 	(b)	 secondly, in or towards payment pro rata of any accrued interest (including default interest), fee or commissions due but unpaid under this
Agreement; 

  
 46 

  

	 	(c)	 thirdly, in or towards payment pro rata of any principal due but unpaid under this Agreement; and 

 

	 	(d)	 fourthly, in or towards payment pro rata of any other sum due but unpaid under the Finance Documents. 

 

	 	28.6	 No set-off by the Borrower 

 All payments to be made by the Borrower under the Finance Documents shall be calculated and be made without (and free and clear of any deduction for) set-off or counterclaim. 

 

	 	28.7	 Payment on non-Business Days 

  

	 	(a)	 Any payment which is due to be made on a day that is not a Business Day shall be made on the next Business Day in the same calendar month (if there
is one) or the preceding Business Day (if there is not). 

  

	 	(b)	 During any extension of the due date for payment of any principal or Unpaid Sum under this Agreement interest is payable on the principal or Unpaid
Sum at the rate payable on the original due date. 

  

	 	28.8	 Currency of account 

 The Borrower shall pay: 
  

	 	(a)	 any amount payable under this Agreement, except as otherwise provided for herein, in the Base Currency; and 

 

	 	(b)	 all payments of Unpaid Sum, costs and Taxes in the currency in which the same were incurred. 

 

	 	(c)	 Each payment of interest shall be made in the currency in which the sum in respect of which the interest is payable was denominated when that
interest accrued. 

  

	 	(d)	 Any amount expressed to be payable in a currency other than the Base Currency shall be paid in that other currency. 

 

	 	28.9	 Change of currency 

  

	 	(a)	 Unless otherwise prohibited by law, if more than one currency or currency unit are at the same time recognised by the central bank of any country as
the lawful currency of that country, then: 

  

	 	(i)	 any reference in the Finance Documents to, and any obligations arising under the Finance Documents in, the currency of that country shall be
translated into, or paid in, the currency or currency unit of that country designated by the Agent (after consultation with the Borrower); and 

  

	 	(ii)	 any translation from one currency or currency unit to another shall be at the official rate of exchange recognised by the central bank for the
conversion of that currency or currency unit into the other, rounded up or down by the Agent (acting reasonably). 

  
 47 

	 	(b)	 If a change in any currency of a country occurs, this Agreement will, to the extent the Agent (acting reasonably and after consultation with the
Borrower) specifies to be necessary, be amended to comply with any generally accepted conventions and market practice in the Relevant Interbank Market and otherwise to reflect the change in currency. 

 

	29.	 SET-OFF 

 A Finance Party may, to the extent permitted by applicable law, set off any matured obligation due from the Borrower under the Finance Documents (to the extent beneficially owned by that Finance Party)
against any obligations owed by that Finance Party to the Borrower, whether matured or not, regardless of the place of payment, booking branch or currency of either obligation. If the obligations are in different currencies, the Finance Party may
convert either obligation at a market rate of exchange in its usual course of business for the purpose of the set-off. 
  

	30.	 NOTICES 

  

	 	30.1	 Communication in writing 

 Any communication to be made under or in connection with the Finance Documents shall be made in writing and, unless otherwise stated, may be made by telefax or letter. Any such notice or communication
addressed as provided in Clause 30.2 (Addresses) will be deemed to be given or made as follows: 
  

	 	(a)	 if by letter, when delivered at the address of the relevant Party; 

 

	 	(b)	 if by telefax, when received. 

 However, a notice given in accordance with the above but received on a day which is not a Business Day or after 16:00 hours in the place of receipt will only be deemed to be given at 9:00 hours on the
next Business Day in that place. 
  

	 	30.2	 Addresses 

 Any communication or document to be made under or in connection with the Finance Documents shall be made or delivered to the address and telefax number of each Party and marked for the attention of the
department or persons set out below and, in case of any New Lender, to the address notified to the Agent: 
  

					
	 If to the Agent:
	  	 In respect of agency matters:

		  	 Danske Bank A/S
 75 King William Street
 London EC4N 7DT

England

		  	 Attention:
	  	 Julie Smyth

		  	 E-mail:
	  	 synlon@uk.danskebank.com

		  	 Telefax:
	  	 +44 20 7410 8008

		
		  	 In respect of administrative matters:

		  	 Danske Bank A/S
 c/o Fokus Bank (being the Norwegian Branch of Danske Bank A/S)
 Søndre gt.
15

  
 48 

					
		  	 N-7466 Trondheim

		  	 Norway

		  	 Attention:
	  	 Internasjonal Finansiering – Maria Reguilon Aune

		  	 E-mail:
	  	 int.finansiering@fokus.no

		  	 Telefax:
	  	 +47 85 40 79 69

		
		  	 If to the Borrower:

		
		  	 Seawell Limited c/o Seawell Management AS

		  	 Løkkeveien 107

		  	 P.O.Box 332

		  	 4002 Stavanger

		  	 Norway

		
		  	 Fax: +47 51 30 97 19

		  	 Att: CFO

 or any substitute address and/or telefax number and/or marked for such other attention as the Party may notify to the other Agent (or the Agent may notify the other Parties if a change is made by the
Agent) by not less than five (5) Business Days’ prior notice. 
  

	 	30.3	 Communication with the Borrower 

 All communication from or to the Borrower shall be sent through the Agent. 
  

	 	30.4	 Language 

 Communication to be given by one Party to another under the Finance Documents shall be given in the English language or, if not in English and if so required by the Agent, be accompanied by a certified
English translation and, in this case, the English translation shall prevail unless the document is a statutory or other official document. 
  

	31.	 CALCULATIONS 

 All sums falling due by way of interest, fees and commissions under the Finance Documents accrue from day-to-day and shall be calculated on the basis of the actual number of days elapsed and a calendar
year of 360 days, except of GBP which shall be calculated based on a calendar year of 365 days. The calculations made by the Agent of any interest rate or any amount payable pursuant to this Agreement shall be conclusive and binding upon the
Borrower in the absence of any manifest error. 
  

	32.	 MISCELLANEOUS 

  

	 	32.1	 Partial invalidity 

 If, at any time, any provision of the Finance Documents is or becomes illegal, invalid or unenforceable in any respect under any law of any jurisdiction, neither the legality, validity or enforceability
of the remaining provisions nor the legality, validity or enforceability of such provisions under any law of any other jurisdiction will in any way be affected or impaired. 

  
 49 

	 	32.2	 Remedies and waivers 

 No failure to exercise, nor any delay in exercising on the part of any Finance Party, any right or remedy under the Finance Documents shall operate as a waiver, nor shall any single or partial exercise of
any right or remedy prevent any further or other exercise or the exercise of any other right or remedy. The rights and remedies provided in this Agreement are cumulative and not exclusive of any rights or remedies provided by law. 

 

	 	32.3	 Amendments and waivers 

 32.3.1 Required consents 
  

	 	(a)	 Subject to Clause 32.3.2 (Exceptions), any term of the Finance Documents may be amended or waived only with the written consent of the
Majority Lenders, and the Borrower and any such amendment will be binding on all Parties. 

  

	 	(b)	 The Agent may effect, on behalf of any Finance Party, any amendment or waiver permitted by this Clause 32.3. 

32.3.2 Exceptions 
 An amendment to or waiver that has the effect of changing or which relates to: 
  

	 	(a)	 the definition of “Majority Lenders”; 

  

	 	(b)	 an extension of the date of any payment of any amount under the Finance Documents; 

 

	 	(c)	 a reduction in Margin or a reduction in the amount of any payment of principal, interest, fees or commission payable; 

 

	 	(d)	 an increase in or extension of any Commitment; 

  

	 	(e)	 a term of the Finance Documents which expressly requires the consent of all the Lenders; 

 

	 	(f)	 a proposed substitution or replacement of the Borrower; or 

 

	 	(g)	 a change of Clauses 2.2 (Finance Parties rights and obligations), 19 (Security), 23.13 (Insurance), 25 (Changes to the
Parties) and this Clause 32.3, 

 shall not be made without the prior written consent of
all the Lenders. 
 An amendment or waiver which relates to the rights or obligations of the Agent may not be
effected without the consent of the Agent. 
  

	 	32.4	 Disclosure of information and confidentiality 

Each of the Finance Parties may disclose to each other or to their professional advisers any kind of information which the
Finance Parties have acquired under or in connection with any Finance Document. The Parties are obliged to keep confidential all information in respect of the terms and conditions of this Agreement. This confidentiality obligation shall not apply to
any information which: 
  

	 	(a)	 is publicised by a Party as required by applicable laws and regulations; 

  
 50 

	 	(b)	 has entered the public domain or is publicly known, provided that such information is not made publicly known by the receiving Party of such
information; or 

  

	 	(c)	 was or becomes, as the Party is able to demonstrate by supporting documents, available to the such Party on a non-confidential basis prior to the
disclosure thereof. 

  

	 	32.5	 English language 

  

	 	(a)	 Any notice given under or in connection with any Finance Document must be in English. 

 

	 	(b)	 All other documents provided under or in connection with any Finance Document must be: 

 

	 	(i)	 in English; or 

  

	 	(ii)	 if not in English, and if so required by the Agent, accompanied by a certified English translation and, in this case, the English translation will
prevail unless the document is a constitutional, statutory or other official document. 

  

	 	32.6	 Process Agent 

 The Borrower hereby irrevocably: 
  

	 	(a)	 appoints Seawell Management AS (organisation number 991 478 345) as its agent for the service of process and/or any other writ, notice,
order or judgment in respect of this Agreement and/or the matters arising herefrom. 

  

	 	(b)	 agrees that failure by such process agent to notify the Agent of the process will not invalidate the proceedings concerned.

 If any process agent appointed pursuant to this Clause 32.6 (or any successor thereto)
shall cease to exist for any reason where process may be served, the Borrower will forthwith appoint another process agent with an office in Norway where process may be served and will forthwith notify the Agent thereof. 

 

	33.	 GOVERNING LAW AND ENFORCEMENT 

  

	 	33.1	 Governing law 

 This Agreement shall be governed by Norwegian law. 
  

	 	33.2	 Jurisdiction 

  

	 	(a)	 For the benefit of each Finance Party, the Borrower agrees that the courts of Oslo, Norway, have jurisdiction to settle any disputes arising out of
or in connection with the Finance Documents including a dispute regarding the existence, validity or termination of this Agreement, and the Borrower accordingly submits to the non-exclusive jurisdiction of the Oslo District Court (Norwegian: Oslo
tingrett). 

  

	 	(b)	 Nothing in this Clause 33.2 shall limit the right of the Finance Parties to commence proceedings against any the Borrower in any other court of
competent jurisdiction. To the extent permitted by law, the Finance Parties may take concurrent proceedings in any number of jurisdictions. 

 * * * 

  
 51 

 SIGNATORIES 

 

	
	The Borrower
	
	Seawell Limited
	
	  

	 Name:

	
	The Lenders
	
	Fokus Bank (being the Norwegian Branch of Danske Bank A/S)
	
	  

	 Name:

	
	The Issuing Bank
	
	Fokus Bank (being the Norwegian Branch of Danske Bank A/S)
	
	  

	 Name:

	
	The Mandated Lead Arranger and Underwriter
	
	Danske Bank A/S
	
	  

	 Name:

	
	The Agent
	
	Danske Bank A/S
	
	  

	 Name:

  
 52 

 SCHEDULE 1 
 LENDERS AND COMMITMENTS 
  

					
	 Lenders
	  	Commitment	 
	 Fokus Bank, Norwegian Branch of Danske Bank A/S
	  	 	NOK 1,500,000,000	  
		
	 Total Commitments
	  	 	NOK 1,500,000,000	  

  
 53 

 SCHEDULE 2 
 Part 1 
 CONDITIONS PRECEDENT 

 

	1.	 The Borrower 

  

	1.1	 A copy of the constitutional documents of the Borrower. 

 

	1.2	 A copy of a resolution of the board of directors of the Borrower: 

 

	 	1.2.1	 approving the terms of, and the transactions contemplated by, the Finance Documents to which it is a party and resolving that it execute the Finance
Documents to which it is a party; and 

  

	 	1.2.2	 authorising a specified person or persons to execute the Finance Documents to which it is a party on its behalf. 

 

	1.3	 Such documentation or other information requested by the Agent to carry out and be satisfied with the results of all applicable know your customer
requirements. 

  

	2.	 Legal opinions 

  

	2.1	 A legal opinion from Bugge, Arentz-Hansen & Rasmussen, legal adviser to the Arranger and the Agent in Norway, substantially in the form
distributed to the Lenders prior to signing this Agreement. 

  

	3.	 Finance Documents, duly executed 

  

	3.1	 This Agreement. 

  

	3.2	 The Fee Letter. 

  

	4.	 Other documents and evidence 

  

	4.1	 The Original Financial Statements. 

  

	4.2	 A copy of the shareholder structure of the Group. 

  

	4.3	 Evidence satisfactory to the Agent of compliance with Clause 23.13 (Insurance). 

 

	4.4	 A copy of any other authorisation or other document, opinion or assurance which the Agent considers to be necessary or desirable (if it has notified
the Borrower accordingly) in connection with the entry into and performance of the transactions contemplated by any Finance Document or for the validity and enforceability of any Finance Document. 

 

	4.5	 Evidence that the fees, costs and expenses then due from the Borrower have been paid or will be paid by the first Drawdown Date.

  
 54 

 Part 2 
 CONDITIONS SUBSEQUENT 
 (TO BE IN PLACE WITHIN 30 DAYS AFTER THE
ACQUISITION) 
  

	1.	 ALY/ US Subsidiary 

  

	1.1	 A copy of the constitutional documents of ALY or the US Subsidiary (as the case may be). 

 

	2.	 Finance Documents, duly executed 

  

	2.1	 The Share Pledge, duly perfected. 

  

	3.	 Legal opinions 

  

	3.1	 A legal opinion in respect of the Share Pledge from such counsel as appointed by the Agent in the relevant jurisdiction.

  
 55 

 SCHEDULE 3 
 FORM OF DRAWDOWN NOTICE 
  

	To:	 Danske Bank A/S 

 75 King William Street 
 London EC4N 7DT 

Fax: + 44 20 7410 8008 
 Tel: + 44 20 7410 8099/8159 
 Att: Julie Smyth 

E-mail: synlon@uk.danskebank.com 
  

	Att:	 Loan Administration 

  

	From:	 Seawell Limited 

  

	Date:	 [                    ]

 SEAWELL LIMITED – NOK 1,500,000,000 REVOLVING CREDIT FACILITY AGREEMENT DATED 7 SEPTEMBER 2010 (THE
“AGREEMENT”) 
 We refer to Clause 5.1 (Delivery of a Drawdown Notice) of the Agreement. Terms defined in
the Agreement shall have the same meaning when used in this Drawdown Notice. 
  

	 	(a)	 You are hereby irrevocably notified that we wish to make the following drawdown: 

 

									
		 	 (b)
	    	 Proposed Drawdown Date:
	  	 [            ]
	  	
					
		 	 (c)
	    	 Currency of Loan:
	  	 [            ]
	  	 Base Currency/Optional Currency

					
		 	 (d)
	    	 Base Currency Amount:
	  	 [            ]
	  	 or, if less, the Available Facility

					
		 	 (e)
	    	 Interest Period:
	  	 [            ]
	  	

  

	 	(f)	 The proceeds of this Loan should be credited to [account]. 

 

	 	(g)	 We confirm that, as of the date hereof (i) each condition specified in Clause 4 (Conditions Precedent) of the Agreement is satisfied;
(ii) each of the representations and warranties set out in Clause 20 (Representations and warranties) of the Agreement is true and correct; and (iii) no event or circumstances has occurred and is continuing which constitute or may
constitute an Event of Default. 

  

			
	 Yours sincerely
 for and on behalf of

		
	 By:
	 	  

		
	 Name:
	 	
	 Title:
	 	 [authorised officer]

  
 56 

 SCHEDULE 4 
 FORM OF UTILISATION REQUEST 
  

	From:	 Borrower 

  

	To:	 Fokus Bank, Norwegian branch of Danske Bank A/S as Issuing Bank 

 Dated: 
 Dear Sirs 
 SEAWELL LIMITED– NOK 1,500,000,000 REVOLVING CREDIT FACILITY AGREEMENT DATED 7 SEPTEMBER 2010 (THE “AGREEMENT”) 

We refer to the Agreement. This is a Utilisation Request. Terms defined in the Agreement have the same meaning in this
Utilisation Request unless given a different meaning in this Utilisation Request. 
  

	1.	 We request that you issue a Bank Guarantee on the following terms: 

 

					
		 	 Proposed Utilisation Date:
	    	 [—] (or, if that is not a Business Day, the next Business Day)

			
		 	 Currency of Bank Guarantee:
	    	 [—]

			
		 	 Amount:
	    	 [—]

  

	2.	 We confirm that each condition specified in Clause 4.2 (Further conditions precedent) is satisfied on the date of this Utilisation Request.

  

	3.	 The proceeds of this Bank Guarantee shall be utilised towards securing [describe purpose of the Bank Guarantee]. 

 

	4.	 This Utilisation Request is irrevocable. 

  

			
	 Yours sincerely
 for and on behalf of

		
	 By:
	 	  

	 Name:
 Title:
	 	 [authorised officer]

 SCHEDULE 5 
 FORM OF TRANSFER CERTIFICATE 
  

	To:	 Danske Bank A/S 

 75 King William Street 
 London EC4N 7DT 

Fax: + 44 20 7410 8008 
 Tel: + 44 20 7410 8099/8159 
 Att: Julie Smyth 

E-mail: synlon@uk.danskebank.com 
  

	Att:	 Loan Administration 

  

	From:	 [—] (the “Existing Lender” and
[—] (the “New Lender”) 

  

	Date:	 [—] 

 SEAWELL LIMITED– NOK 1,500,000,000 REVOLVING CREDIT FACILITY AGREEMENT DATED 7 SEPTEMBER 2010 (THE “AGREEMENT”) 

We refer to the Agreement. Terms defined in the Agreement have the same meaning in this Transfer Certificate unless given a different
meaning in this Transfer Certificate. 
 With reference to Clause 25 (Changes to the Parties): 

 

	 	(a)	 The Existing Lender, in its capacity as Lender under the Agreement, confirms that it participates with
[            ] per cent of the Total Commitments. 

  

	 	(b)	 The Existing Lender hereby transfers to the New Lender [    ] per cent of the Total Commitments as specified in the Schedule
hereto, and of the equivalent rights and interest in all Finance Documents, and the New Lender hereby accepts such transfer from the Existing Lender in accordance with the terms set out herein and Clause 25 (Changes to the Parties) of the
Agreement and assumes the same obligations to the other Finance Parties as it would have been under if it was an original Lender. 

  

	 	(c)	 The proposed Transfer Date is [•], as from which date the Transfer of such portion of the Total Commitments shall take full legal effect.

  

	 	(d)	 The New Lender confirms that it has received a copy of the Agreement, together with such other information as it has required in connection with
this transaction. The New Lender expressly acknowledges and agrees to the limitations on the Existing Lender’s responsibility set out in Clause 25.3(Limitations of responsibility of Existing Lenders) of the Agreement.

  

	 	(e)	 The New Lender hereby undertakes to the Existing Lender and the Borrower that it will perform in accordance with the terms and conditions of the
Agreement all those obligations which will be assumed by it upon execution of this Transfer Certificate. 

  

	 	(f)	 The address, telefax number and attention details for notices, as well as the account details of the New Lender, are set out in the Schedule.

  

	 	(g)	 This Transfer Certificate is governed by Norwegian law, with Oslo City Court (Norwegian: Oslo tingrett) as legal venue.

 The Schedule 
 Commitments/rights and obligations to be transferred 
  

					
	 I
	  	 Existing Lender:
	  	 [    ]

			
	 II
	  	 New Lender:
	  	 [    ]

			
	 III
	  	 Total Commitments of Existing Lender:
	  	 NOK [    ]

			
	 IV
	  	 Aggregate amount transferred:
	  	 NOK [    ]

			
	 V
	  	 Total Commitments of New Lender:
	  	 NOK [    ]

			
	 VI
	  	 Transfer Date:
	  	 [    ]

 Administrative Details / Payment Instructions of New Lender 
 Notices to New Lender:

 [            ] 

[            ] 

Att:
        [            ] 
 Telefax no:         + [            ] 
 [Insert relevant office address, telefax number and attention details for notices and payments to the New Lender.] 
 Account details of New Lender: [Insert relevant account details of the New Lender.] 
  

			
	Existing Lender:	  	 New Lender:

	 [—]
	  	 [—]

		
	
By:                             
                                        
                        
	  	 By:
                                         
                                       
            

	 Name:
	  	 Name:

	 Title:
	  	 Title:

 This Transfer Certificate
is accepted and agreed by the Agent and the Transfer Date is confirmed as [—]. 
  

	
	 Agent:

	 Danske Bank A/S

	
	 By:
                                         
                                       
            

	 Name:

	 Title:

 SCHEDULE 6 
 FORM OF COMPLIANCE CERTIFICATE 
  

	To:	 Danske Bank A/S 

 75 King William Street 
 London EC4N 7DT 

 

	    	 Fax: + 44 20 7410 8008 

	    	 Tel: + 44 20 7410 8099/8159 

	    	 Att: Julie Smyth 

	    	 E-mail: synlon@uk.danskebank.com 

  

	    	 Fokus Bank, Norwegian Branch of Danske Bank A/S, as Agent 

	    	 N-7466 Trondheim 

	    	 Norway 

  

	    	 Fax: + 47 85 40 79 90 

	    	 Att: Large Corporates 

  

	From:	 Seawell Limited 

  

	Date:	 [                    ]

 SEAWELL LIMITED– NOK 1,500,000,000 REVOLVING CREDIT FACILITY AGREEMENT DATED 7 SEPTEMBER 2010 (THE
“AGREEMENT”) 
 We refer to the Agreement. Terms defined in the Agreement shall have the same meaning when used in
this Compliance Certificate. 
 With reference to Clauses 21.2 (Compliance certificate) and 22 (Financial covenants) of the
Agreement, we confirm that as at [—] [insert relevant Date]: 
  

	1.	 Leverage Ratio. 

 The Consolidated Total Net Debt was [            ] and the Consolidated EBITDA was
[            ]. The Leverage Ratio was [            ]. 

 

	2.	 Equity Ratio 

 The
Equity was [            ] and the Total Assets was [            ]. The Equity Ratio was
[            ]. 
  

	3.	 Other Confirmation 

We further confirm that, as of the date hereof: 
  

	 	(i)	 the all assets are insured against relevant risks and prudent amounts as required pursuant to the Agreement; 

	 	(ii)	 each of the representations and warranties set out in Clause 20(Representations and warranties) of the Agreement is true and correct; and

  

	 	(iii)	 no event or circumstances has occurred and is continuing which constitute or may constitute and Event of Default. 

Yours sincerely 
 for and on behalf of

  

	
	 Seawell Limited

	
	 By:
                                         
               

	 Name:

	 Title: [authorised officer]

 SCHEDULE 7 
 MANDATORY COST FORMULAE 
  

	1.	 The Mandatory Cost is an addition to the interest rate to compensate Lenders for the cost of compliance with (a) the requirements of a central
bank and/or the relevant financial services authority (or, in either case, any other authority which replaces all or any of its functions) or (b) the requirements of the European Central Bank. 

 

	2.	 On the first day of each Interest Period (or as soon as possible thereafter) the Agent shall calculate, as a percentage rate, a rate (the
Additional Cost Rate) for each Lender, in accordance with the paragraphs set out below. The Mandatory Cost will be calculated by the Agent as a weighted average of the Lenders’ Additional Cost Rates (weighted in proportion to the
percentage participation of each Lender in the relevant Loan) and will be expressed as a percentage rate per annum. 

  

	3.	 The Additional Cost Rate for any Lender lending from a facility office in a participating member state of the EEA will be the percentage notified by
that Lender to the Agent. This percentage will be certified by that Lender in its notice to the Agent to be its reasonable determination of the cost (expressed as a percentage of that Lender’s participation in all Loans made from that facility
office) of complying with the minimum reserve requirements of the relevant central bank in respect of Loans made from that facility office. 

  

	4.	 The Additional Cost Rate for any Lender lending from a facility office in the United Kingdom will be calculated by the Agent as follows:

  

					
	 (a)
	    	 in relation to a Sterling Loan:
	 	
			
		    	 

	 	 per cent. per annum

 

					
	 (b)
	    	 in relation to a Loan in any currency other than GBP:

			
		    	 

	 	 per cent. per annum.

 Where: 
  

	 	A	 is the percentage of Eligible Liabilities (assuming these to be in excess of any stated minimum) which that Lender is from time to time required to
maintain as an interest free cash ratio deposit with the Bank of England to comply with cash ratio requirements. 

	 	B	 is the percentage rate of interest (excluding the Applicable Margin and the Mandatory Cost and, if the Loan is an Unpaid Sum, the additional rate of
interest specified in Clause 9.3 (Default interest)) payable for the relevant Interest Period on the Loan. 

  

	 	C	 is the percentage (if any) of Eligible Liabilities which that Lender is required from time to time to maintain as interest bearing Special Deposits
with the Bank of England. 

  

	 	D	 is the percentage rate per annum payable by the Bank of England to the Agent on interest bearing Special Deposits. 

 

	 	E	 is designed to compensate Lenders for amounts payable under the Fees Rules and is calculated by the Agent as being the average of the most recent
rates of charge supplied by the Reference Banks to the Agent pursuant to paragraph 7 below and expressed in pounds per GBP 1,000,000. 

  

	5.	 For the purposes of this Schedule: 

 Eligible Liabilities and Special Deposits have the meanings given to them from time to time under or pursuant to the Bank of England Act 1998 or (as may be appropriate) by the Bank of
England; 
 Fees Rules means the rules on periodic fees contained in the FSA Fees Manual or such other law
or regulation as may be in force from time to time in respect of the payment of fees for the acceptance of deposits; 
 Fee Tariffs means the fee tariffs specified in the Fees Rules under Column 1 of the activity group A.1 Deposit acceptors (ignoring any minimum fee or zero rated fee required pursuant to the Fees
Rules but taking into account any applicable discount rate); and 
 Tariff Base has the meaning given to
it in, and will be calculated in accordance with, the Fees Rules. 
  

	6.	 In application of the above formulae, A, B, C and D will be included in the formulae as percentages (i.e. 5 per cent. will be included in the
formula as 5 and not as 0.05). A negative result obtained by subtracting D from B shall be taken as zero. The resulting figures shall be rounded to four decimal places. 

 

	7.	 If requested by the Agent, each Reference Bank shall, as soon as practicable after publication by the Financial Services Authority, supply to the
Agent, the rate of charge payable by that Reference Bank to the Financial Services Authority pursuant to the Fees Rules in respect of the relevant financial year of the Financial Services Authority (calculated for this purpose by that Reference Bank
as being the average of the Fee Tariffs applicable to that Reference Bank for that financial year) and expressed in pounds per GBP 1,000,000 of the Tariff Base of that Reference Bank. 

	8.	 Each Lender shall supply any information required by the Agent for the purpose of calculating its Additional Cost Rate. In particular, but without
limitation, each Lender shall supply the following information on or prior to the date on which it becomes a Lender: 

  

	 	(a)	 the jurisdiction of its Facility Office; and 

  

	 	(b)	 any other information that the Agent may reasonably require for such purpose. 

Each Lender shall promptly notify the Agent of any change to the information provided by it pursuant to this paragraph.

  

	9.	 The percentages of each Lender for the purpose of A and C above and the rates of charge of each Reference Bank for the purpose of E above shall be
determined by the Agent based upon the information supplied to it pursuant to paragraphs 7 and 8 above and on the assumption that, unless a Lender notifies the Agent to the contrary, each Lender’s obligations in relation to cash ratio deposits
and Special Deposits are the same as those of a typical bank from its jurisdiction of incorporation with a Facility Office in the same jurisdiction as its Facility Office. 

 

	10.	 The Agent shall have no liability to any person if such determination results in an Additional Cost Rate which over or under compensates any Lender
and shall be entitled to assume that the information provided by any Lender or Reference Bank pursuant to paragraphs 3, 7 and 8 above is true and correct in all respects. 

 

	11.	 The Agent shall distribute the additional amounts received as a result of the Mandatory Cost to the Lenders on the basis of the Additional Cost Rate
for each Lender based on the information provided by each Lender and each Reference Bank pursuant to paragraphs 3, 7 and 8 above. 

  

	12.	 Any determination by the Agent pursuant to this Schedule in relation to a formula, the Mandatory Cost, an Additional Cost Rate or any amount payable
to a Lender shall, in the absence of manifest error, be conclusive and binding on all Parties. 

  

	13.	 The Agent may from time to time, after consultation with the Company and the Lenders, determine and notify to all Parties any amendments which are
required to be made to this Schedule in order to comply with any change in law, regulation or any requirements from time to time imposed by the Bank of England, the Financial Services Authority or the European Central Bank (or, in any case, any
other authority which replaces all or any of its functions) and any such determination shall, in the absence of manifest error, be conclusive and binding on all Parties. 

 SCHEDULE 8 
 CORPORATE STRUCTUREMulticurrency Term and Revolving Credit Facility Agreement

 Exhibit 10.4 
 11 November 2010 
 MULTICURRENCY TERM AND REVOLVING FACILITIES AGREEMENT

 between 
 SEAWELL LIMITED 
 as original borrower and original guarantor 

THE FINANCIAL INSTITUTIONS 
 listed in Schedule 1 
 as original lenders 

DANSKE BANK A/S, DNB NOR BANK ASA, NORDEA BANK NORGE ASA AND 
 SWEDBANK AB (PUBL) 
 as mandated lead arrangers and bookrunners 

DANSKE BANK A/S 

as facility agent 
  

 
 USD 550,000,000

  
  

 

 INDEX 

 

					
	 1
	    	 DEFINITIONS AND INTERPRETATION
	  	 4

			
	 2
	    	 THE FACILITIES
	  	 23

			
	 3
	    	 PURPOSE AND APPLICATION
	  	 25

			
	 4
	    	 CONDITIONS OF UTILISATION
	  	 25

			
	 5
	    	 UTILISATION
	  	 27

			
	 6
	    	 OPTIONAL CURRENCIES
	  	 28

			
	 7
	    	 REPAYMENT
	  	 30

			
	 8
	    	 PREPAYMENT AND CANCELLATION
	  	 31

			
	 9
	    	 INTEREST
	  	 34

			
	 10
	    	 INTEREST PERIODS
	  	 35

			
	 11
	    	 CHANGES TO THE CALCULATION OF INTEREST
	  	 36

			
	 12
	    	 FEES
	  	 37

			
	 13
	    	 TAX GROSS UP AND INDEMNITIES
	  	 38

			
	 14
	    	 INCREASED COSTS
	  	 40

			
	 15
	    	 OTHER INDEMNITIES
	  	 41

			
	 16
	    	 MITIGATION BY THE LENDERS
	  	 42

			
	 17
	    	 COSTS AND EXPENSES
	  	 43

			
	 18
	    	 SECURITY
	  	 43

			
	 19
	    	 GUARANTEE AND INDEMNITY
	  	 43

			
	 20
	    	 REPRESENTATIONS AND WARRANTIES
	  	 48

			
	 21
	    	 INFORMATION UNDERTAKINGS
	  	 51

			
	 22
	    	 FINANCIAL COVENANTS
	  	 54

			
	 23
	    	 GENERAL UNDERTAKINGS
	  	 57

			
	 24
	    	 EVENTS OF DEFAULT
	  	 64

			
	 25
	    	 CHANGES TO THE LENDERS
	  	 67

			
	 26
	    	 CHANGES TO THE OBLIGORS
	  	 70

			
	 27
	    	 THE ROLE OF THE AGENT AND THE ARRANGERS
	  	 72

			
	 28
	    	 CONDUCT OF BUSINESS BY THE FINANCE PARTIES
	  	 77

			
	 29
	    	 SHARING AMONG THE FINANCE PARTIES
	  	 77

			
	 30
	    	 PAYMENT MECHANICS
	  	 79

			
	 31
	    	 SET-OFF
	  	 82

			
	 32
	    	 NOTICES
	  	 82

			
	 33
	    	 CALCULATIONS AND CERTIFICATES
	  	 85

			
	 34
	    	 PARTIAL INVALIDITY
	  	 85

  
 
 2
/112 

							
	 35
	    	 REMEDIES AND WAIVERS
	  	 	85	  
			
	 36
	    	 AMENDMENTS AND WAIVERS
	  	 	85	  
			
	 37
	    	 CONFIDENTIALITY
	  	 	87	  
			
	 38
	    	 COUNTERPARTS
	  	 	90	  
			
	 39
	    	 GOVERNING LAW
	  	 	90	  
			
	 40
	    	 ENFORCEMENT
	  	 	90	  

  

							
	 Schedules
	    	 	  	Page	 
			
	 1.
	    	 Lenders and Commitments
	  	 	91	  
			
	 2.
	    	 Form of Utilisation Request
	  	 	92	  
			
	 3.
	    	 Form of Selection Notice
	  	 	93	  
			
	 4.
	    	 Form of Transfer Certificate 
	  	 	94	  
			
	 5.
	    	 Form of Accession Letter 
	  	 	96	  
			
	 6.
	    	 Form of Resignation Letter 
	  	 	97	  
			
	 7.
	    	 Mandatory Cost formulae
	  	 	98	  
			
	 8.
	    	 Conditions precedent documents 
	  	 	101	  
			
	 9.
	    	 Form of Increase Confirmation
	  	 	106	  
			
	 10.
	    	 Form of Compliance Certificate 
	  	 	108	  
			
	 11.
	    	 List of existing Financial Indebtedness sin ALY
	  	 	110	  

  
 
 3
/112 

 THIS AGREEMENT (the “Agreement”) is dated 11 November 2010 and made
between and amongst: 
  

	(1)	 SEAWELL LIMITED, registration no. 40612, 4th Floor, Par-la-Ville Place, 14, Par-la-Ville Road, Hamilton HM08, Bermuda as original borrower (the “Original
Borrower”); 

  

	(2)	 SEAWELL LIMITED, registration no. 40612, 4th Floor, Par-la-Ville Place, 14, Par-la-Ville Road, Hamilton HM08, Bermuda as original guarantor (the “Original
Guarantor”); 

  

	(3)	 THE FINANCIAL INSTITUTIONS listed in Schedule 1 as original lenders (each a “Lender” and together the “Original
Lenders”); 

  

	(4)	 DANSKE BANK A/S, DNB NOR BANK ASA, NORDEA BANK NORGE ASA AND SWEDBANK AB (PUBL) as mandated lead arrangers and bookrunners (each an
“Arranger” and together the “Arrangers”); and 

  

	(5)	 DANSKE BANK A/S, 75 King William Street, London EC4N 7DT, England as facility agent (the “Agent”).

 IT IS AGREED as follows: 

 

	1	 DEFINITIONS AND INTERPRETATION 

  

	1.1	 Definitions 

 In this Agreement: 
 “Acceptable Bank” 

means: 
  

	(i)	 a Lender or a bank or financial institution which has a rating for its long-term unsecured and non credit-enhanced debt obligations of A- or higher
by Standard & Poor’s Rating Services or Fitch Ratings Ltd or A3 or higher by Moody’s Investor Services Limited or a comparable rating from an internationally recognised credit rating agency; or 

 

	(ii)	 any other bank or financial institution approved by the Agent. 

“Accession Letter” 
 means a document substantially in the form set out in Schedule 5 (Form of Accession Letter). 
 “Acquisition” 
 means the acquisition by the Parent directly or
indirectly through Newco of a minimum of 90 per cent. of all of the outstanding and issued shares in ALY. 

“Additional Borrower” 
 means a company which becomes an Additional Borrower in accordance with Clause 26 (Changes to the Obligors). 

  
 
 4
/112 

 “Additional Guarantor” 

means a company which becomes an Additional Guarantor in accordance with Clause 26 (Changes to the Obligors). 

“Additional Obligor” 
 means an Additional Borrower or an Additional Guarantor. 

“Affiliate” 
 means, in relation to any person, a Subsidiary of that person or a Holding Company of that person or any other Subsidiary of that Holding Company. 

“Agent’s Spot Rate of Exchange” 
 means the Agent’s spot rate of exchange for the purchase of the relevant currency with the Base Currency in the London foreign exchange market at or about 11:00 a.m. on a particular day. 

“ALY” 
 means Allis-Chalmers Energy Inc., I.R.S. Employer Identification number 39-0126090. 
 “Approved Accounting Principles” 
 means generally accepted
accounting principles of the United States of America. 
 “Authorisation” 

means an authorisation, consent, approval, resolution, licence, exemption, filing, notarisation or registration. 

“Availability Period” 
 means: 
  

	(i)	 in relation to Facility A, the period from and including the date of this Agreement to and including the Final Maturity Date;

  

	(ii)	 in relation to Facility B, the period from and including the Completion Date to and including the Final Maturity Date; and

  

	(iii)	 in relation to Facility C, the period from and including the Completion Date to and including 1 June 2012. 

“Available Commitment” 
 means, in relation to a Facility, a Lender’s Commitment under that Facility minus: 
  

	(i)	 the Base Currency Amount of its participation in any outstanding Loans under that Facility; and 

 

	(ii)	 in relation to any proposed Utilisation, the Base Currency Amount of its participation in any Loans that are due to be made under that Facility on
or before the proposed Utilisation Date, other than, in relation to any proposed Utilisation under Facility A or Facility B only, that Lender’s participation in any Facility A Loans and Facility B Loans that are due to be repaid or prepaid on
or before the proposed Utilisation Date. 

  
 
 5
/112 

 “Available Facility” 

means, in relation to a Facility, the aggregate for the time being of each Lender’s Available Commitment in respect of that Facility.

 “Base Currency” 
 means USD. 
 “Base Currency Amount” 

means, in relation to a Loan, the amount specified in the Utilisation Request delivered by a Borrower for that Loan (or, if the amount
requested is not denominated in the Base Currency, that amount converted into the Base Currency at the Agent’s Spot Rate of Exchange on the date which is three (3) Business Days before the Utilisation Date or, if later, on the date the
Agent receives the Utilisation Request) adjusted to reflect any repayment (other than, in relation to Facility C, a repayment arising from a change of currency), prepayment, consolidation or division of the Loan. 

“Borrower” 
 means the Original Borrower or an Additional Borrower unless it has ceased to be a Borrower in accordance with Clause 26 (Changes to the Obligors). 

“Break Costs” 
 means the amount (if any) by which: 
  

	(i)	 the interest which a Lender should have received for the period from the date of receipt of all or any part of its participation in a Loan or Unpaid
Sum to the last day of the current Interest Period in respect of that Loan or Unpaid Sum, had the principal amount or Unpaid Sum received been paid on the last day of that Interest Period; 

 

	exceeds:	 

  

	(ii)	 the amount which that Lender would be able to obtain by placing an amount equal to the principal amount or Unpaid Sum received by it on deposit with
a leading bank in the Relevant Interbank Market for a period starting on the Business Day following receipt or recovery and ending on the last day of the current Interest Period. 

“Business Day” 
 means a day (other than a Saturday or Sunday) on which banks are open for general business in Oslo, London and New York. 
 “Commitment” 
 means a Facility A Commitment, a Facility B
Commitment or a Facility C Commitment. 

  
 
 6
/112 

 “Completion Date” 

means the date on which the Parent has acquired, directly or indirectly, at least 90 per cent. of all of the outstanding and issued
shares in ALY. 
 “Compliance Certificate” 

means a certificate substantially in the form set out in Schedule 10 (Form of Compliance Certificate). 

“Confidential Information” 
 means all information relating to the Parent, any Obligor, the Group, the Finance Documents or a Facility of which a Finance Party becomes aware in its capacity as, or for the purpose of becoming, a
Finance Party or which is received by a Finance Party in relation to, or for the purpose of becoming a Finance Party under, the Finance Documents or a Facility from either: 

 

	(i)	 any member of the Group or any of its advisers; or 

 

	(ii)	 another Finance Party, if the information was obtained by that Finance Party directly or indirectly from any member of the Group or any of its
advisers, 

 in whatever form, and includes information given orally and any document, electronic file or any
other way of representing or recording information which contains or is derived or copied from such information but excludes information that: 
  

	(iii)	 is or becomes public information other than as a direct or indirect result of any breach by that Finance Party of Clause 37
(Confidentiality); or 

  

	(iv)	 is identified in writing at the time of delivery as non-confidential by any member of the Group or any of its advisers; or

  

	(v)	 is known by that Finance Party before the date the information is disclosed to it in accordance with paragraphs (i) or (ii) above or is
lawfully obtained by that Finance Party after that date, from a source which is, as far as that Finance Party is aware, unconnected with the Group and which, in either case, as far as that Finance Party is aware, has not been obtained in breach of,
and is not otherwise subject to, any obligation of confidentiality. 

 “Confidentiality
Undertaking” 
 means a confidentiality undertaking substantially in a recommended form of the LMA or in any other form
agreed between the Parent and the Agent. 
 “Default” 

means an Event of Default or any event or circumstance specified in Clause 24 (Events of Default) which would (with the expiry of a
grace period, the making of any determination under the Finance Documents or any combination of any of the foregoing), be an Event of Default. 
 “Defaulting Lender” 
 means any Lender: 

 

	(i)	 which has failed to make its participation in a Loan available or has notified the Agent that it will not make its participation in a Loan available
by the Utilisation Date of that Loan; 

  
 
 7
/112 

	(ii)	 which has otherwise rescinded or repudiated a Finance Document; or 

 

	(iii)	 with respect to which an Insolvency Event has occurred and is continuing, 

 

	unless,	 in the case of paragraph (i) above; 

  

	(iv)	 its failure to pay is caused by: 

  

	 	(A)	 administrative or technical error; or 

  

	 	(B)	 a Disruption Event; and 

 payment is made within three (3) Business Days of its due date; or 
  

	(v)	 the Lender is disputing in good faith whether it is contractually obliged to make the payment in question. 

“Disruption Event” 
 means either or both of: 
  

	(i)	 a material disruption to those payment or communications systems or to those financial markets which are, in each case, required to operate in order
for payments to be made in connection with a Facility (or otherwise in order for the transactions contemplated by the Finance Documents to be carried out) which disruption is not caused by, and is beyond the control of, any of the Parties; or

  

	(ii)	 the occurrence of any other event which results in a disruption (of a technical or systems-related nature) to the treasury or payments operations of
a Party preventing that, or any other Party: 

  

	 	(A)	 from performing its payment obligations under the Finance Documents; or 

 

	 	(B)	 from communicating with other Parties in accordance with the terms of the Finance Documents, 

and which (in either such case) is not caused by, and is beyond the control of, the Party whose operations are disrupted. 

“Enterprise Value” 
 means in respect of an acquisition (without double counting), the aggregate of (i) the consideration paid by the Parent or any other member of the Group for the shares or other assets acquired,
(ii) the amount of any Financial Indebtedness of any company acquired not repaid and discharged on or prior to the closing of the relevant acquisition and (iii) the amount of any Financial Indebtedness taken over by the Parent or any other
member of the Group in connection with the relevant acquisition. 
 “Environmental Claim” 

means any claim by any claim, proceeding, formal notice or investigation by any governmental, judicial or regulatory authority which
relates to any Environmental Law. 

  
 
 8
/112 

 “Environmental Law” 

means any applicable law or regulation which relates to: 
  

	(i)	 the pollution or protection of the environment; 

  

	(ii)	 harm to or protection of the human health; 

  

	(iii)	 the conditions of the workplace; or 

  

	(iv)	 any emission or substance capable of causing harm to any living organism or the environment. 

“EUR” 
 means the single currency unit of the Participating Member States. 

“EURIBOR”‘ 
 means in relation to any Loan in EUR: 
  

	(i)	 the applicable Screen Rate; or 

  

	(ii)	 (if no Screen Rate is available for the Interest Period of that Loan) the arithmetic mean (rounded upward to four decimal places) of the rates per
annum, as supplied to the Agent at its request, quoted by each Reference Bank to leading banks in the European interbank market, 

 as of 11:00 a.m. on the applicable Quotation Date for the offering of deposits in EUR for a period comparable to the Interest Period of the relevant Loan. 

“Event of Default” 
 means an event specified as such in Clause 24 (Events of Default). 

“Existing ALY Facilities” 
 means the facilities incurred by ALY and/or its Subsidiaries under the following agreements: 
  

	(i)	 USD 90,000,000 revolver agreement dated 26 April 2007 and amended on 25 February 2010 entered into between ALY as borrower and Royal Bank
of Canada and certain other banks as lenders; 

  

	(ii)	 USD 25,000,000 term loan agreement dated 22 May 2009 entered into between Allis-Chalmers Drilling LLC as borrower and Caterpillar Finance as
lender; 

  

	(iii)	 USD 25,000,000 term loan agreement dated 15 February 2008 entered into between DLS Argentina Ltd. as borrower and Banco Itau as lender;

  

	(iv)	 USD 23,600,000 term loan agreement dated 26 June 2007 entered into between BCH Ltd. as borrower and Standard Bank as lender; and

  

	(v)	 USD 4,000,000 term loan agreement dated 9 February 2010 entered into between DLS Argentina Ltd. as borrower and HSBC as lender.

  
 
 9
/112 

 “Existing Parent Facility” 

means the revolving credit facility under the NOK 1,500,000,000 revolving credit facility agreement dated 7 September 2010 entered
into between, inter alia, the Parent as borrower, the financial institutions named therein as lenders and Danske Bank A/S as agent. 
 “Facility” 
 means Facility A, Facility B or Facility C.

 “Facility A” 
 means the revolving loan facility made available under this Agreement as described in Clause 2 (The Facilities). 
 “Facility A Commitment” 
 means: 

 

	(i)	 in relation to an Original Lender, the amount in the Base Currency set opposite its name under the heading “Facility A Commitments” in
Schedule 1 (Lenders and Commitments) and the amount of any other Facility A Commitment transferred to it under this Agreement; and 

  

	(ii)	 in relation to any other Lender, the amount in the Base Currency of any other Facility A Commitment transferred to it under this Agreement,

 to the extent not cancelled, reduced or transferred by it under this Agreement. 

“Facility A Loan” 
 means a loan made or to be made under Facility A or the principal amount outstanding for the time being of that loan. 
 “Facility B” 
 means the revolving loan facility made available
under this Agreement as described in Clause 2 (The Facilities). 
 “Facility B Commitment” 

means: 
  

	(i)	 in relation to an Original Lender, the amount in the Base Currency set opposite its name under the heading “Facility B Commitments” in
Schedule 1 ( Lenders and Commitments) and the amount of any other Facility B Commitment transferred to it under this Agreement; and 

  

	(ii)	 in relation to any other Lender, the amount in the Base Currency of any other Facility B Commitment transferred to it under this Agreement,

 to the extent not cancelled, reduced or transferred by it under this Agreement. 

  
 
 10
/112 

 “Facility B Loan” 
 means a loan made or to be made under Facility B or the principal amount outstanding for the time being of that loan. 
 “Facility C” 
 means the term loan facility made available under this Agreement as
described in Clause 2 (The Facilities). 
 “Facility C Borrower” 

means the Parent or (subject to accession as an Additional Borrower pursuant to the terms of Clause 26.2 (Additional Borrowers)
Newco or ALY. 
 “Facility C Commitment” 
 means: 
  

	(i)	 in relation to an Original Lender, the amount in the Base Currency set opposite its name under the heading “Facility C Commitments” in
Schedule 1 ( Lenders and Commitments) and the amount of any other Facility C Commitment transferred to it under this Agreement; and 

  

	(ii)	 in relation to any other Lender, the amount in the Base Currency of any other Facility C Commitment transferred to it under this Agreement,

 to the extent not cancelled, reduced or transferred by it under this Agreement. 

“Facility C Loan” 
 means a
loan made or to be made under Facility C or the principal amount outstanding for the time being of that loan. 
 “Facility
Office” 
 means: 
  

	(i)	 in respect of a Lender, the office or offices notified by that Lender to the Agent in writing on or before the date it becomes a Lender (or,
following that date, by not less than five (5) Business Days’ written notice) as the office or offices through which it will perform its obligations under this Agreement; or 

 

	(ii)	 in respect of any other Finance Party, the office in the jurisdiction in which it is resident for tax purposes. 

“Fee Letter” 

means any letter or letters dated on or about the date of this Agreement between the Arrangers and the Parent (or the Agent and the
Parent) setting out any of the fees referred to in Clause 12 (Fees). 
 “Final Maturity Date” 

means the date occurring 60 months after the date of this Agreement. 

  
 
 11
/112 

 “Finance Documents” 

means this Agreement, any Fee Letter, any Accession Letter, any Resignation Letter and any other document designated as such by the Agent
and the Parent. 
 “Finance Party” 
 means the Agent, an Arranger or a Lender. 
 “Financial Indebtedness” 

means any indebtedness for or in respect of: 
  

	(i)	 moneys borrowed; 

  

	(ii)	 any amount raised by acceptance under any acceptance credit facility; 

 

	(iii)	 any amount raised pursuant to any note purchase facility or the issue of bonds, notes, debentures, loan stock or any similar instrument;

  

	(iv)	 the amount of any liability in respect of any lease or hire purchase contract which would, in accordance with the Approved Accounting Principles, be
treated as a finance or capital lease; 

  

	(v)	 receivables sold or discounted (other than any receivables to the extent they are sold on a non-recourse basis); 

 

	(vi)	 any amount raised under any other transaction (including any forward sale or purchase agreement) having the commercial effect of a borrowing;

  

	(vii)	 any derivative transaction entered into in connection with protection against or benefit from fluctuation in any rate or price (and, when
calculating the value of any derivative transaction, only the marked to market value shall be taken into account); 

  

	(viii)	 any counter-indemnity obligation in respect of a guarantee, indemnity, bond, standby or documentary letter of credit or any other instrument issued
by a bank or financial institution; and 

  

	(ix)	 the amount of any liability in respect of any guarantee or indemnity for any of the items referred to in paragraphs (i) to (viii) above.

 “Group” 
 means the Parent and its Subsidiaries for the time being. 
 “Guarantor”

 means the Original Guarantor or an Additional Guarantor unless it has ceased to be a Guarantor in accordance with Clause 26
(Changes to the Obligors). 
 “Holding Company” 
 means, in relation to any company or corporation, any other company or corporation in respect of which it is a Subsidiary. 

  
 
 12
/112 

 “IBOR” 
 means EURIBOR, LIBOR or NIBOR as appropriate. 
 “Impaired Agent” 

means the Agent at any time when: 
  

	(i)	 it has failed to make (or has notified a Party that it will not make) a payment required to be made by it under the Finance Documents by the due
date for payment; 

  

	(ii)	 the Agent otherwise rescinds or repudiates a Finance Document; 

 

	(iii)	 (if the Agent is also a Lender) it is a Defaulting Lender under paragraph (i) or (ii) of the definition of “Defaulting
Lender”; or 

  

	(iv)	 an Insolvency Event has occurred and is continuing with respect to the Agent; 

 

	unless,	 in the case of paragraph (i) above: 

  

	(v)	 its failure to pay is caused by: 

  

	 	(A)	 administrative or technical error; or 

  

	 	(B)	 a Disruption Event; and 

 payment is made within five (5) Business Days of its due date; or 
  

	(vi)	 the Agent is disputing in good faith whether it is contractually obliged to make the payment in question. 

“Increase Confirmation” 
 means
a confirmation substantially in the form set out in Schedule 9 (Form of Increase Confirmation). 
 “Increase Lender”

 has the meaning given to that term in Clause 2.2 (Increase). 
 “Insolvency Event” 
 in relation to a Finance Party means that the Finance Party:

  

	(i)	 is dissolved (other than pursuant to a consolidation, amalgamation or merger); 

 

	(ii)	 becomes insolvent or is unable to pay its debts or fails or admits in writing its inability generally to pay its debts as they become due;

  

	(iii)	 makes a general assignment, arrangement or composition with or for the benefit of its creditors; 

 

	(iv)	 institutes or has instituted against it, by a regulator, supervisor or any similar official with primary insolvency, rehabilitative or regulatory
jurisdiction over it in the jurisdiction of its incorporation or organisation or the jurisdiction of its head or home office, a proceeding seeking a judgment of insolvency or bankruptcy or any other relief under any bankruptcy or insolvency law or
other similar law affecting creditors’ rights, or a petition is presented for its winding-up or liquidation by it or such regulator, supervisor or similar official; 

  
 
 13
/112 

  

	(v)	 has instituted against it a proceeding seeking a judgment of insolvency or bankruptcy or any other relief under any bankruptcy or insolvency law or
other similar law affecting creditors’ rights, or a petition is presented for its winding-up or liquidation, and, in the case of any such proceeding or petition instituted or presented against it, such proceeding or petition is instituted or
presented by a person or entity not described in paragraph (iv) above and: 

  

	 	(A)	 results in a judgment of insolvency or bankruptcy or the entry of an order for relief or the making of an order for its winding-up or liquidation;
or 

  

	 	(B)	 is not dismissed, discharged, stayed or restrained in each case within thirty (30) days of the institution or presentation thereof;

  

	(vi)	 has a resolution passed for its winding-up, official management or liquidation (other than pursuant to a consolidation, amalgamation or merger);

  

	(vii)	 seeks or becomes subject to the appointment of an administrator, provisional liquidator, conservator, receiver, trustee, custodian or other similar
official for it or for all or substantially all its assets; 

  

	(viii)	 has a secured party take possession of all or substantially all its assets or has a distress, execution, attachment, sequestration or other legal
process levied, enforced or sued on or against all or substantially all its assets and such secured party maintains possession, or any such process is not dismissed, discharged, stayed or restrained, in each case within thirty (30) days
thereafter; 

  

	(ix)	 causes or is subject to any event with respect to it which, under the applicable laws of any jurisdiction, has an analogous effect to any of the
events specified in paragraphs (i) to (viii) above; or 

  

	(x)	 takes any action in furtherance of, or indicating its consent to, approval of, or acquiescence in, any of the foregoing acts.

 “Interest Period” 
 means, in relation to a Loan, each period determined in accordance with Clause 10 (Interest Periods) and, in relation to an Unpaid Sum, each period determined in accordance with Clause 9.3
(Default interest). 
 “Intra-Group Loan Assignments” 

means first priority assignments by each Obligor of all claims in respect of all loans or credit made by it to any other member of the
Group in an aggregate principal amount exceeding USD 10,000,000, to be entered into between the relevant Obligors and the Agent (on behalf of the Finance Parties) as security for the obligations of the Obligors under the Finance Documents, in such
form and substance as the Agent may require. 
 “John Fredriksen Family” 

means John Fredriksen, his direct lineal descendants, the personal estate of any of the aforementioned persons and any trust created for
the benefit of one or more of the aforementioned persons or their estates. 

  
 
 14
/112 

 “Lender” 
 means: 
  

	(i)	 any Original Lender; and 

  

	(ii)	 any bank, financial institution, trust, fund or other entity which has become a Party in accordance with Clause 25.1 (Transfers by Lenders),

 which in each case has not ceased to be a Party in accordance with the terms of this Agreement. 

“LIBOR”‘ 
 means in
relation any Loan in the Base Currency or any Optional Currency other than EUR and NOK: 
  

	(i)	 the applicable Screen Rate; or 

  

	(ii)	 (if no Screen Rate is available for the Interest Period of that Loan) the arithmetic mean (rounded upward to four decimal places) of the rates per
annum, as supplied to the Agent at its request, quoted by each Reference Bank to leading banks in the London interbank market, 

 as of 11:00 a.m. on the applicable Quotation Date for the offering of deposits in the currency of that Loan for a period comparable to the Interest Period of the relevant Loan. 

“Listing” 
 means listing of
the shares of the Parent on the Oslo Stock Exchange. 
 “LMA” 
 means the Loan Market Association. 
 “Loan” 

means a Facility A Loan, a Facility B Loan or a Facility C Loan. 
 “Majority Lenders” 
 means: 

 

	(i)	 if there are no Loans then outstanding, a Lender or Lenders whose Commitments aggregate more than 66 2/3 per cent. of the Total Commitments (or, if the Total
Commitments have been reduced to zero, aggregated more than 66 2/3 per cent. of the Total Commitments immediately prior to the reduction); or 

  

	(ii)	 at any other time, a Lender or Lenders whose participations in the Loans then outstanding aggregate more than 66 2/3 per cent. of all the Loans then outstanding

 “Mandatory Cost” 
 means the percentage rate per annum calculated by the Agent in accordance with Schedule 7 (Mandatory Cost formula). 

  
 
 15
/112 

 “Margin” 
 means (subject to Clause 9.5 (Margin adjustment)) the margin determined by the Agent each quarter by reference to the ratio of the Net Interest Bearing Debt to EBITDA (measured on a 12 months
rolling basis) in the following manner: 
  

			
	 Total Net Debt/ EBITDA:
	  	 Margin:

	 >= 2.50:1
	  	3.00 per cent. per annum
	 < 2.50:1 and >= 2.00:1
	  	2.75 per cent. per annum
	 < 2.00:1 and >= 1.50:1
	  	2.50 per cent. per annum
	 < 1.50:1
	  	2.00 per cent. per annum

provided however, that from the date of this Agreement and until the date occurring six (6) months after the Completion Date, the
Margin shall be 3.00 per cent. per annum. 
 “Material Adverse Effect” 

means a material adverse effect on: 
  

	(i)	 the financial condition, assets or operations of any Obligor or of the Group taken as a whole; or 

 

	(ii)	 the ability of any Obligor to perform and comply with its obligations under the Finance Documents; or 

 

	(iii)	 the validity, legality or enforceability of any of the Finance Documents. 

“Material Subsidiary” 
 means,
at any time: 
  

	(i)	 an Obligor; and 

  

	(ii)	 a direct or indirect Subsidiary of the Parent (A) whose earnings before interest, tax depreciation and amortisation calculated on the same
basis as EBITDA, gross assets or turnover then equal or exceed five (5) per cent. of the EBITDA, gross assets or turnover of the Group (calculated on a consolidated basis) or (B) who has been nominated by the Parent by written notice to
the Facility Agent as a Material Subsidiary for the purpose of this Agreement. 

 Compliance with the
conditions set out in sub-paragraph (ii) above shall be determined by reference to the most recent Compliance Certificate supplied by the Parent and/or the latest audited financial statements of that Subsidiary (consolidated in the case of a
Subsidiary which itself has Subsidiaries) and the latest audited consolidated financial statements of the Group. 
 However, if
a Subsidiary has been acquired since the date as at which the latest audited consolidated financial statements of the Group were prepared, the financial statements shall be deemed to be adjusted at the expiry of the next financial quarter in order
to take into account the acquisition of that Subsidiary (that adjustment being certified by the chief financial officer of the Parent as representing an accurate reflection of the revised EBITDA, gross assets or turnover of the Group). 

A report by the auditors of the Parent that a Subsidiary is or is not a Material Subsidiary shall, in the absence of manifest error, be
conclusive and binding on all Parties. 

  
 
 16
/112 

 “Merger Agreement” 
 means the Agreement and Plan of Merger dated 12 August 2010 entered into between the Parent, Newco and ALY, as amended by an Amendment Agreement dated 1 October 2010 and as the same may be
further amended from time to time. 
 “Newbuilding” 
 means the modular rig to be delivered to Seawell Emerald Limited currently under construction at MAX STREICHER GmbH & Co. KG in Germany. 
 “Newco” 
 means Wellco Sub Company Inc., a wholly owned Subsidiary
of the Parent incorporated in the State of Delaware, United States of America, with I.R.S. Employer Identification number 27-3321250. 

“NIBOR”‘ 
 means in
relation any Loan in NOK: 
  

	(i)	 the applicable Screen Rate; or 

  

	(ii)	 (if no Screen Rate is available for the Interest Period of that Loan) the arithmetic mean (rounded upward to four decimal places) of the rates per
annum, as supplied to the Agent at its request, quoted by each Reference Bank to leading banks in the Norwegian interbank market, 

 as of 11:00 a.m. on the applicable Quotation Date for the offering of deposits in NOK for a period comparable to the Interest Period of the relevant Loan. 

“NOK” 
 means the lawful
currency for the time being of the Kingdom of Norway. 
 “Obligor” 
 means a Borrower or a Guarantor. 
 “Optional Currency” 

means a currency (other than the Base Currency) which complies with the conditions set out in Clause 4.3 (Conditions relating to
Optional Currencies). 
 “Original Financial Statements” 
 means: 
  

	(i)	 in relation to the Parent, the audited consolidated financial statements of the Group for the financial year ended 31 December 2009; and

  

	(ii)	 in relation to each Original Obligor other than the Parent, its audited financial statements for its financial year ended 31 December 2009.

  
 
 17
/112 

 “Original Obligor” 
 means the Parent or each Additional Obligor acceding to this Agreement on or prior to the first Utilisation Date. 
 “Parent” 
 means Seawell Limited, registration no. 40612, Par-la-Ville Place 14,
Par-la-Ville Road, Hamilton HM 08, Bermuda. 
 “Participating Member States” 

means any member state of the European Communities that adopts or has adopted the euro as its lawful currency in accordance with
legislation of the European Community relating to Economic and Monetary Union. 
 “Party” 

means a party to this Agreement. 

“Permitted Acquisition” 
 means any acquisitions and/or investments in a company or of shares or securities of a company or a business or undertaking (or, in each case, any interest in any of them) which does not have an aggregate
Enterprise Value exceeding USD 500,000,000 (or its equivalent in other currencies) in any calendar year. 
 “Quotation Date”

 means in relation to any period for which an interest rate is to be determined: 

 

	(i)	 (if the currency is EUR) two (2) TARGET Days before the first day of that period; or 

 

	(ii)	 (for any other currency) two (2) Business Days before the first day of that period, 

unless market practice differs in the Relevant Interbank Market for a currency, in which case the Quotation Date for that currency will
be determined by the Agent in accordance with market practice in the Relevant Interbank Market (and if quotations would normally be given by leading banks in the Relevant Interbank Market on more than one day, the Quotation Date will be the last of
those days). 
 “Reference Banks” 
 means the principal offices of Danske Bank A/S, DnB NOR Bank ASA, Nordea Bank Norge ASA and Swedbank AB (publ) and such other financial institutions as may be appointed by the Agent in consultation with
the Parent. 
 “Related Fund” 
 in relation to a fund (the “first fund”), means a fund which is managed or advised by the same investment manager or investment adviser as the first fund or, if it is managed by a
different investment manager or investment adviser, a fund whose investment manager or investment adviser is an Affiliate of the investment manager or investment adviser of the first fund. 

  
 
 18
/112 

 “Relevant Interbank Market” 

means in relation to EUR, the European interbank market, in relation to NOK, the Norwegian interbank market and, in relation to any other
currency, the London interbank market. 
 “Relevant Jurisdiction” 
 means, in relation to an Obligor: 
  

	(i)	 its jurisdiction of incorporation; 

  

	(ii)	 any jurisdiction where any asset subject to or intended to be subject to the Transaction Security to be created by it is situated;

  

	(iii)	 any jurisdiction where it conducts its business; and 

 

	(iv)	 the jurisdiction whose laws govern the perfection of any of the Security Documents entered into by it. 

“Repayment Date” 
 means each
date on which a Borrower is required to make repayment of a Loan pursuant to Clause 7 (Repayment). 
 “Repayment
Instalment” 
 means each repayment instalment payable pursuant to Clause 7.2 (Repayment of Facility C Loans). 

“Representative” 
 means any
delegate, agent, manager, administrator, nominee, attorney, trustee or custodian. 
 “Resignation Letter” 

means a letter substantially in the form set out in Schedule 6 (Form of Resignation Letter). 

“Revolving Loan” 
 means a
Facility A Loan or a Facility B Loan. 
 “Rollover Loan” 
 means one or more Revolving Loans: 
  

	(i)	 made or to be made on the same day that a maturing Revolving Loan is due to be repaid; 

 

	(ii)	 the aggregate amount of which is equal to or less than the amount of the maturing Revolving Loan; 

 

	(iii)	 in the same currency as the maturing Revolving Loan (unless it arose as a result of the operation of Clause 6.2 (Unavailability of a
currency)); and 

  

	(iv)	 made or to be made to the same Borrower for the purpose of refinancing a maturing Revolving Loan. 

  
 
 19
/112 

 “Screen Rate” 
 means: 
  

	(i)	 in relation to EURIBOR, the percentage rate per annum determined by the Banking Federation of the European Union for the relevant period;

  

	(ii)	 in relation to LIBOR, the British Bankers Association Interest Settlement Rate for the relevant currency and period; and

  

	(iii)	 in relation to NIBOR, the percentage rate per annum determined by the banks that at the relevant time are setting NIBOR for the relevant period,

 displayed on the appropriate page of the Reuters screen. If the agreed page is replaced or service ceases
to be available, the Agent may specify another page or service displaying the appropriate rate after consultation with the Parent and the Lenders. 
 “Security” 
 means a mortgage, charge, pledge, lien or other
security interest securing any obligation of any person or any other agreement or arrangement having a similar effect. 
 “Security
Documents” 
 means each of the documents referred to in Clause 18 (Security) and all such other documents which
may be executed at any time in favour of the Agent or any of the Finance Parties as security for the obligations of any Obligor under the Finance Documents. 
 “Selection Notice” 
 means a notice substantially in the form set
out in Schedule 3 (Form of Selection Notice) given in accordance with Clause 10 (Interest Periods) in relation to Facility C. 

“Share Pledge Agreements” 
 means first priority pledges of all of the shares in each Obligor and each direct or indirect shareholder of ALY (other than the Parent and its shareholders), to be entered into between the relevant
shareholder of each Obligor and the Agent (on behalf of the Finance Parties) as security for the obligations of the Obligors under the Finance Documents, in such form and substance as the Agent may require. 

“Subsidiary” 

means an entity of which a person has direct or indirect control or owns directly or indirectly more than fifty (50) per cent. of the
voting capital or similar right of ownership, and “control” for this purpose means the power to direct the management and the policies of the entity whether through the ownership of voting capital, by contract or otherwise.

 “TARGET2” 
 means the Trans-European Automated Real-time Gross Settlement Express Transfer payment system which utilises a single shared platform and which was launched on 19 November 2007. 

  
 
 20
/112 

 “TARGET Day” 
 means any day on which TARGET2 is open for the settlement of payments in EUR. 

“Tax” 
 means
any tax, levy, impost, duty or other charge or withholding of a similar nature (including any penalty or interest payable in connection with any failure to pay or any delay in paying any of the same). 

“Total Commitments” 
 means the aggregate of the Facility A Commitments, the Facility B Commitments and the Facility C Commitments, being USD 550,000,000 at the date of this Agreement. 

“Total Facility A Commitments” 

means the aggregate of the Facility A Commitments, being USD 250,000,000 at the date of this Agreement. 

“Total Facility B Commitments” 

means the aggregate of the Facility B Commitments, being USD 85,000,000 at the date of this Agreement. 

“Total Facility C Commitments” 

means the aggregate of the Facility C Commitments, being USD 215,000,000 at the date of this Agreement. 

“Transaction Security” 
 means
the security created or expressed to be created in favour of the Agent pursuant to the Security Documents. 
 “Transfer
Certificate” 
 means a certificate substantially in the form set out in Schedule 4 (Form of Transfer
Certificate) or any other form agreed between the Agent and the Parent. 
 “Transfer Date” 

means, in relation to an assignment or a transfer, the later of: 
  

	(i)	 the proposed Transfer Date specified in the relevant Transfer Certificate; and 

 

	(ii)	 the date on which the Agent executes the relevant Transfer Certificate. 

 “Unpaid Sum” 
 means any sum due and payable but unpaid by an Obligor under the
Finance Documents. 
 “USD” 
 means the lawful currency for the time being of the United States of America. 

  
 
 21
/112 

 “Utilisation” 
 means a utilisation of a Facility. 
 “Utilisation Date” 

means the date of a Utilisation, being the date on which the relevant Loan is to be made. 
 “Utilisation Request” 
 means a notice substantially in the form set out in
Schedule 2 (Form of Utilisation Request). 
 “VAT” 

means value added tax as provided for in the Norwegian Value Added Tax Act of 19 June 2009 No. 58 and any other tax of a similar
nature. 
 “2014 Notes” 
 means the 9% senior notes due 2014 issued by ALY. 
 “2017 Notes” 

means the 8.5% senior notes due 2017 issued by ALY. 
  

	1.2	 Construction 

  

	(a)	 Unless a contrary indication appears, any reference in this Agreement to: 

 

	 	(i)	 the “Agent”, any “Arranger”, any “Finance Party”, any “Lender”, any
“Obligor” or any “Party” shall be construed so as to include its successors in title, permitted assigns and permitted transferees; 

 

	 	(ii)	 “assets” includes present and future properties, revenues and rights of every description; 

 

	 	(iii)	 a “Finance Document” or any other agreement or instrument is a reference to that Finance Document or other agreement or instrument
as amended, novated, supplemented, extended or restated; 

  

	 	(iv)	 “indebtedness” includes any obligation (whether incurred as principal or as surety) for the payment or repayment of money, whether
present or future, actual or contingent; 

  

	 	(v)	 a “person” includes any individual, firm, company, corporation, government, state or agency of a state or any association, trust,
joint venture, consortium or partnership (whether or not having separate legal personality); 

  

	 	(vi)	 a “regulation” includes any regulation, rule, official directive, request or guideline (whether or not having the force of law) of
any governmental, intergovernmental or supranational body, agency, department or of any regulatory, self-regulatory or other authority or organisation; 

  
 
 22
/112 

	 	(vii)	 a provision of law is a reference to that provision as amended or re-enacted; and 

 

	 	(viii)	 a time of day is a reference to Oslo time. 

  

	(b)	 Clause and Schedule headings are for ease of reference only. 

 

	(c)	 Unless a contrary indication appears, a term used in any other Finance Document or in any notice given under or in connection with any Finance
Document has the same meaning in that Finance Document or notice as in this Agreement. 

  

	(d)	 A Default or an Event of Default is “continuing” if it has not been remedied or waived. 

 

	2	 THE FACILITIES 

  

	2.1	 The Facilities 

  

	(a)	 Subject to the terms of this Agreement, the Lenders make available to the Borrowers: 

 

	 	(i)	 a multicurrency revolving loan facility in an aggregate amount equal to the Total Facility A Commitments; 

 

	 	(ii)	 a multicurrency revolving loan facility in an aggregate amount equal to the Total Facility B Commitments; and 

 

	(b)	 Subject to the terms of this Agreement, the Lenders make available to the Facility C Borrowers a multicurrency term loan facility in an aggregate
amount equal to the Total Facility C Commitments. 

  

	2.2	 Increase 

  

	(a)	 The Borrowers may by giving prior notice to the Agent by no later than the date falling five (5) Business Days after the effective date of a
cancellation of: 

  

	 	(i)	 the Available Commitments of a Defaulting Lender in accordance with Clause 8.7 (Right of cancellation in relation to a Defaulting
Lender); or 

  

	 	(ii)	 the Commitments of a Lender in accordance with Clause 8.1 (Illegality), 

request that the Total Commitments be increased (and the Total Commitments shall be so increased) in an aggregate amount
of up to the amount of the Available Commitments or Commitments so cancelled as follows: 
  

	 	(iii)	 the increased Commitments will be assumed by one or more Lenders or other banks or financial institutions (each an “Increase
Lender”) selected by the Borrowers (and which is acceptable to the Agent (acting reasonably)) and each of which confirms its willingness to assume and does assume all the obligations of a Lender corresponding to that part of the increased
Commitments which it is to assume, as if it had been an Original Lender; 

  

	 	(iv)	 each of the Obligors and any Increase Lender shall assume obligations towards one another and/or acquire rights against one another as the Obligors
and the Increase Lender would have assumed and/or acquired had the Increase Lender been an Original Lender; 

  
 
 23
/112 

	 	(v)	 each Increase Lender shall become a Party as a “Lender” and any Increase Lender and each of the other Finance Parties shall assume
obligations towards one another and acquire rights against one another as that Increase Lender and those Finance Parties would have assumed and/or acquired had the Increase Lender been an Original Lender; 

 

	 	(vi)	 the Commitments of the other Lenders shall continue in full force and effect; and 

 

	 	(vi)	 any increase in the Total Commitments shall take effect on the date specified by the Borrowers in the notice referred to above or any later date on
which the conditions set out in paragraph (b) below are satisfied. 

  

	(b)	 An increase in the Total Commitments will only be effective on: 

 

	 	(i)	 the execution by the Agent of an Increase Confirmation from the relevant Increase Lender; and 

 

	 	(ii)	 in relation to an Increase Lender which is not a Lender immediately prior to the relevant increase, the performance by the Agent of all necessary
“know your customer” or other similar checks under all applicable laws and regulations in relation to the assumption of the increased Commitments by that Increase Lender, the completion of which the Agent shall promptly notify to the
Borrowers and the Increase Lender. 

  

	(c)	 Each Increase Lender, by executing the Increase Confirmation, confirms (for the avoidance of doubt) that the Agent has authority to execute on its
behalf any amendment or waiver that has been approved by or on behalf of the requisite Lender or Lenders in accordance with this Agreement on or prior to the date on which the increase becomes effective. 

 

	(d)	 Unless the Agent otherwise agrees or the increased Commitment is assumed by an existing Lender, the Borrowers shall, on the date upon which the
increase takes effect, promptly on demand pay the Agent the amount of all costs and expenses (including legal fees) reasonably incurred by it in connection with any increase in Commitments under this Clause 2.2. 

 

	(e)	 The Borrowers may pay to the Increase Lender a fee in the amount and at the times agreed between the Parent and the Increase Lender.

  

	(f)	 Clause 25.4 (Limitation of responsibility of Existing Lenders) shall apply mutatis mutandis in this Clause 2.2 in relation
to an Increase Lender as if references in that Clause to: 

  

	 	(i)	 an “Existing Lender” were references to all the Lenders immediately prior to the relevant increase; 

 

	 	(ii)	 the “New Lender” were references to that “Increase Lender”; and 

 

	 	(iii)	 a “re-transfer” and “re-assignment” were references to respectively a “transfer” and
“assignment”. 

  
 
 24
/112 

	2.3	 Finance Parties’ rights and obligations 

 

	(a)	 The obligations of each Finance Party under the Finance Documents are several. Failure by a Finance Party to perform its obligations under the
Finance Documents does not affect the obligations of any other Party under the Finance Documents. No Finance Party is responsible for the obligations of any other Finance Party under the Finance Documents. 

	(b)	 The rights of each Finance Party under or in connection with the Finance Documents are separate and independent rights and any debt arising under
the Finance Documents to a Finance Party from an Obligor shall be a separate and independent debt. 

  

	(c)	 A Finance Party may, except as otherwise stated in the Finance Documents, separately enforce its rights under the Finance Documents.

  

	3	 PURPOSE AND APPLICATION 

  

	3.1	 Purpose 

  

	(a)	 Each Borrower shall apply all amounts borrowed by it under Facility A towards the refinancing of the Existing Parent Facility and towards the
general corporate purposes of the Group. 

  

	(b)	 Each Borrower shall apply all amounts borrowed by it under Facility B towards: 

 

	 	(i)	 part financing the cash option (if exercised) as part of the Acquisition; 

 

	 	(ii)	 the refinancing of the Existing ALY Facilities; 

  

	 	(iii)	 refinancing the 2014 Notes; and 

  

	 	(iv)	 towards the general corporate purposes of the Group. 

 

	(c)	 Each Facility C Borrower shall apply all amounts borrowed by it under Facility C towards the refinancing of the 2017 Notes.

  

	3.2	 Monitoring 

 No Finance Party is bound to monitor or verify the application of any amount borrowed pursuant to this Agreement. 
  

	4	 CONDITIONS OF UTILISATION 

  

	4.1	 Initial conditions precedent 

  

	(a)	 No Borrower may deliver a Utilisation Request unless the Agent has received all of the documents and other evidence listed in Part 1 of Schedule 8
(Conditions precedent documents) in form and substance satisfactory to the Agent. The Agent shall notify the Parent and the Lenders promptly upon being so satisfied. 

 

	(b)	 No Borrower may deliver a Utilisation Request in respect of Facility B or Facility C unless the Agent, in addition to the documents and evidence
required to be delivered pursuant to paragraph (a) above, has received all of the documents and other evidence listed in Part 2 of Schedule 8 (Conditions precedent documents) in form and substance satisfactory to the Agent. The Agent
shall notify the Parent and the Lenders promptly upon being so satisfied 

  
 
 25
/112 

	4.2	 Further conditions precedent 

  

	(a)	 The Lenders will only be obliged to comply with Clause 5.4 (Lenders’ participation) if on the date of the Utilisation Request and on the
proposed Utilisation Date: 

  

	 	(i)	 in the case of a Rollover Loan, no Event of Default is continuing or would result from the proposed Loan and, in the case of any other Loan, no
Default is continuing or would result from the proposed Loan; and 

  

	 	(ii)	 the representations and warranties in Clause 20 (Representations and warranties) deemed to be repeated on those dates in accordance with
Clause 20.15 (Repetition) are true in all material respects. 

  

	(b)	 The Lenders will only be obliged to comply with Clause 6.3 (Change of currency) if, on the first day of an Interest Period, no Default is
continuing or would result from the change of currency and the representations and warranties in Clause 20 (Representations and warranties) deemed to be repeated on those dates in accordance with Clause 20.15 (Repetition) are true in
all material respects. 

  

	4.3	 Conditions relating to Optional Currencies 

  

	(a)	 A currency will constitute an Optional Currency in relation to a Loan if: 

 

	 	(i)	 it is readily available in the amount required and freely convertible into the Base Currency in the Relevant Interbank Market on the Quotation Date
and the Utilisation Date for that Loan; and 

  

	 	(ii)	 it is EUR or NOK or has been approved by the Agent (acting on the instructions of all the Lenders) on or prior to receipt by the Agent of the
relevant Utilisation Request or Selection Notice for that Loan. 

  

	(b)	 If the Agent has received a written request from the Parent for a currency to be approved under paragraph (a)(ii) above, the Agent will confirm to
the Parent without undue delay: 

  

	 	(i)	 whether or not the Lenders have granted their approval; and 

 

	 	(ii)	 if approval has been granted, the minimum amount (and, if required, integral multiples) for any subsequent Utilisation in that currency.

  

	4.4	 Maximum number of Loans 

  

	(a)	 A Borrower may not deliver a Utilisation Request if as a result of the proposed Utilisation: 

 

	 	(i)	 six (6) or more Facility A Loans would be outstanding; 

 

	 	(ii)	 six (6) or more Facility B Loans would be outstanding; or 

 

	 	(iii)	 four (4) or more Facility C Loans would be outstanding. 

 

	(b)	 Any Loan made by a single Lender under Clause 6.2 (Unavailability of a currency) shall not be taken into account in this Clause 4.4.

  
 
 26
/112 

	5	 UTILISATION 

  

	5.1	 Delivery of a Utilisation Request 

 A Borrower may utilise a Facility by delivery to the Agent of a duly completed Utilisation Request not later than 11:00 a.m. three (3) Business Days prior to the requested Utilisation Date of such
Utilisation. 
  

	5.2	 Completion of a Utilisation Request 

  

	(a)	 Each Utilisation Request is irrevocable and will not be regarded as having been duly completed unless: 

 

	 	(i)	 it identifies the Facility to be utilised; 

  

	 	(ii)	 the proposed Utilisation Date is a Business Day within the Availability Period applicable to that Facility; 

 

	 	(iii)	 the currency and amount of the Utilisation comply with Clause 5.3 (Currency and amount); and 

 

	 	(iv)	 the proposed Interest Period complies with Clause 10 (Interest Periods). 

 

	(b)	 Only one Loan may be requested in each Utilisation Request. 

 

	5.3	 Currency and amount 

  

	(a)	 The currency specified in a Utilisation Request must be the Base Currency or an Optional Currency. 

 

	(b)	 The amount of the proposed Loan must be: 

  

	 	(i)	 if the currency selected is the Base Currency, a minimum of USD 10,000,000 or, if less, the Available Facility; 

 

	 	(ii)	 if the currency selected is an Optional Currency, the equivalent of USD 10,000,000 in the relevant Optional Currency rounded upwards or downwards to
the nearest million or, if less, the Available Facility; and 

  

	 	(iii)	 in any event such that its Base Currency Amount is less than or equal to the Available Facility. 

 

	5.4	 Lenders’ participation 

  

	(a)	 If the conditions set out in this Agreement have been met, each Lender shall make its participation in each Loan available by the Utilisation Date
through its Facility Office. 

  

	(b)	 The amount of each Lender’s participation in each Loan will be equal to the proportion borne by its Available Commitment to the Available
Facility immediately prior to making the Loan. 

  
 
 27
/112 

	(c)	 The Agent shall determine the Base Currency Amount of each Loan which is to be made in an Optional Currency by 12:00 noon two (2) Business Days
prior to the requested Utilisation Date and shall notify each Lender of the amount, currency and the Base Currency Amount of each Loan and the amount of its participation in that Loan by 3:00 p.m. two (2) Business Days prior to the requested
Utilisation Date. 

  

	5.5	 Cancellation of Commitment 

  

	(a)	 The Facility A Commitments which, at that time, are not drawn shall be immediately cancelled at the end of the Availability Period for Facility A.

  

	(b)	 The Facility B Commitments which, at that time, are not drawn shall be immediately cancelled at the end of the Availability Period for Facility B,
provided, however, that the Total Facility B Commitments shall automatically be cancelled in full on 30 June 2011 if the Completion Date has not occurred on or before that date. 

 

	(c)	 The Facility C Commitments which, at that time, are not drawn shall be immediately cancelled at the end of the Availability Period for Facility C,
provided, however, that the Total Facility C Commitments shall automatically be cancelled in full on 30 June 2011 if the Completion Date has not occurred on or before that date. 

 

	6	 OPTIONAL CURRENCIES 

  

	6.1	 Selection of currency 

  

	(a)	 A Borrower (or the Parent on behalf of a Borrower) shall select the currency of a Loan: 

 

	 	(i)	 (in the case of an initial Utilisation) in a Utilisation Request; and 

 

	 	(ii)	 (afterwards in relation to a Facility C Loan made to it) in a Selection Notice. 

 

	(b)	 If a Facility C Borrower (or the Parent on behalf of a Facility C Borrower) fails to issue a Selection Notice in relation to a Facility C Loan, the
Facility C Loan will remain denominated for its next Interest Period in the same currency in which it is then outstanding. 

  

	(c)	 If a Facility C Borrower (or the Parent on behalf of a Facility C Borrower) issues a Selection Notice requesting a change of currency and the first
day of the requested Interest Period is not a Business Day for the new currency, the Agent shall promptly notify the Facility C Borrower and the Lenders and the Facility C Loan will remain in the existing currency (with Interest Periods running from
one Business Day until the next Business Day) until the next day which is a Business Day for both currencies, on which day the requested Interest Period will begin. 

 

	6.2	 Unavailability of an Optional Currency 

If before 12:00 noon (Oslo time) on any Quotation Date: 

 

	 	(i)	 a Lender notifies the Agent that the Optional Currency requested is not readily available to it in the amount required; or

  
 
 28
/112 

	 	(ii)	 a Lender notifies the Agent that compliance with its obligation to participate in a Loan in the proposed Optional Currency would contravene a law or
regulation applicable to it, 

 the Agent will give notice to the relevant Borrower to that
effect as soon as possible on that day. In this event, any Lender that gives notice pursuant to this Clause 6.2 will be required to participate in the Loan in the Base Currency (in an amount equal to that Lender’s proportion of the Base
Currency Amount or, in respect of a Rollover Loan, an amount equal to that Lender’s proportion of the Base Currency Amount of the Rollover Loan that is due to be made) and its participation will be treated as a separate Loan denominated in the
Base Currency during that Interest Period. 
  

	6.3	 Change of currency 

  

	(a)	 If a Facility C Loan is to be denominated in different currencies during two successive Interest Periods: 

 

	 	(i)	 if the currency for the second Interest Period is an Optional Currency, the amount of the Facility C Loan in that Optional Currency will be
calculated by the Agent as the amount of that Optional Currency equal to the Base Currency Amount of the Facility C Loan at the Agent’s Spot Rate of Exchange; 

 

	 	(ii)	 if the currency for the second Interest Period is the Base Currency, the amount of the Facility C Loan will be equal to the Base Currency Amount;

  

	 	(iii)	 (unless the Agent and the relevant Borrower agree otherwise in accordance with paragraph (b) below) the Facility C Borrower that has borrowed
the Facility C Loan shall repay it on the last day of the first Interest Period in the currency in which it was denominated for that Interest Period; and 

 

	 	(iv)	 (subject to Clause 4.2 (Further conditions precedent)) the Lenders shall re-advance the Facility C Loan in the new currency in accordance
with Clause 6.5 (Agent’s calculations). 

  

	(b)	 If the Agent and the Facility C Borrower that has borrowed the Facility C Loan agree, the Agent shall: 

 

	 	(i)	 apply the amount paid to it by the Lenders pursuant to paragraph (a)(iv) above (or so much of that amount as is necessary) in or towards purchase of
an amount in the currency in which the Facility C Loan is outstanding for the first Interest Period; and 

  

	 	(ii)	 use the amount it purchases in or towards satisfaction of the relevant Facility C Borrower’s obligations under paragraph (a)(iii) above.

  

	(c)	 If the amount purchased by the Agent pursuant to paragraph (b)(i) above is less than the amount required to be repaid by the relevant Facility C
Borrower, the Agent shall promptly notify that Facility C Borrower and that Facility C Borrower shall, on the last day of the first Interest Period, pay an amount to the Agent (in the currency of the outstanding Facility C Loan for the first
Interest Period) equal to the difference. 

  

	(d)	 If any part of the amount paid to the Agent by the Lenders pursuant to paragraph (a)(iv) above is not needed to purchase the amount required to be
repaid by the relevant Facility C Borrower, the Agent shall promptly notify that Facility C Borrower and pay that Facility C Borrower, on the last day of the first Interest Period that part of that amount (in the new currency).

  
 
 29
/112 

	6.4	 Same Optional Currency during successive Interest Periods 

 

	(a)	 If a Facility C Loan is to be denominated in the same Optional Currency during two successive Interest Periods, the Agent shall calculate the amount
of the Facility C Loan in the Optional Currency for the second of those Interest Periods (by calculating the amount of Optional Currency equal to the Base Currency Amount of that Facility C Loan at the Agent’s Spot Rate of Exchange) and
(subject to paragraph (b) below): 

  

	 	(i)	 if the amount calculated is less than the existing amount of that Facility C Loan in the Optional Currency during the first Interest Period,
promptly notify the Facility C Borrower that has borrowed that Facility C Loan and that Facility C Borrower shall pay, on the last day of the first Interest Period, an amount equal to the difference; or 

 

	 	(ii)	 if the amount calculated is more than the existing amount of that Facility C Loan in the Optional Currency during the first Interest Period,
promptly notify each Lender and, if no Default is continuing, each Lender shall, on the last day of the first Interest Period, pay its participation in an amount equal to the difference. 

 

	(b)	 If the calculation made by the Agent pursuant to paragraph (a) above shows that the amount of the Facility C Loan in the Optional Currency for
the second of those Interest Periods converted into the Base Currency at the Agent’s Spot Rate of Exchange at the Quotation Date on which the Agent originally calculated the Base Currency Amount has increased or decreased by less than five
(5) per cent. compared to its Base Currency Amount (taking into account any payments made pursuant to paragraph (a) above), no notification shall be made by the Agent and no payment shall be required under paragraph (a) above.

  

	6.5	 Agent’s calculations 

  

	(a)	 All calculations made by the Agent pursuant to this Clause 6 will take into account any repayment, prepayment, consolidation or division of Facility
C Loans to be made on the last day of the first Interest Period. 

  

	(b)	 Each Lender’s participation in a Loan will, subject to paragraph (a) above, be determined in accordance with paragraph (b) of Clause
5.4 (Lenders’ participation). 

  

	7	 REPAYMENT 

  

	7.1	 Repayment of Revolving Loans 

 Each Borrower which has drawn a Revolving Loan shall repay that Loan on the last day of its Interest Period. 
  

	7.2	 Repayment of Facility C Loans 

 The Facility C Borrowers that have drawn Facility C Loans shall repay the Facility C Loans as follows: 
  

	 	(i)	 1/6 of the principal amount of the Facility C Loans shall be repaid on the date occurring 24 months after the date of this Agreement;

  
 
 30
/112 

	 	(ii)	 1/6 of the principal amount of the Facility C Loans shall be repaid on the date occurring 36 months after the date of this Agreement;

  

	 	(iii)	 1/6 of the principal amount of the Facility C Loans shall be repaid on the date occurring 48 months after the date of this Agreement; and

  

	 	(iv)	 1/2 of the principal amount of the Facility C Loans shall be repaid on the Final Maturity Date. 

 

	7.3	 Final Maturity Date 

 On the Final Maturity Date the Borrowers shall pay to the Finance Parties all amounts then outstanding under the Finance Documents. 

 

	7.4	 No reborrowing 

 No part of a Facility C Loan which is repaid may be reborrowed. 
  

	8	 PREPAYMENT AND CANCELLATION 

  

	8.1	 Illegality 

 If it becomes unlawful in any applicable jurisdiction for a Lender to perform any of its obligations as contemplated by this Agreement or to fund or maintain its participation in any Loan: 

 

	 	(i)	 that Lender shall promptly notify the Agent upon becoming aware of that event; 

 

	 	(ii)	 upon the Agent notifying the Parent, the Commitment of that Lender will be immediately cancelled; and 

 

	 	(iii)	 each Borrower shall repay that Lender’s participation in the Loans made to that Borrower on the last day of the Interest Period for each Loan
occurring after the Agent has notified the Parent or, if earlier, the date specified by the Lender in the notice delivered to the Agent (being no earlier than the last day of any applicable grace period permitted by law).

  

	8.2	 Change of control 

  

	(a)	 If at any time: 

  

	 	(i)	 prior to the Listing, Seadrill Limited and/or Hemen Holding Limited and/or a company controlled by more than 50 per cent. by trusts which have
designated members of the John Fredriksen Family as their financial beneficiaries ceases to own at least 50 per cent. of all voting shares and capital of the Parent; 

 

	 	(ii)	 after the Listing, 33 1/3 per cent. or less of the voting shares and capital of the Parent cease to be owned by Seadrill Limited and/or Hemen Holding Limited and/or a company controlled by more than
50 per cent. by trusts which have 

  
 
 31
/112 

	 	 
designated members of the John Fredriksen Family as their financial beneficiaries, and if such requirement is not complied with, Hemen Holding Limited and/or a company controlled by more than
50 per cent. by trusts which have designated members of the John Fredriksen Family as their financial beneficiaries does not own at least 20 per cent. of all voting shares and capital of the Parent; or 

 

	 	(iii)	 after the Listing, one or more persons alone or acting in concert, other than Seadrill Limited and/or Hemen Holding Limited and/or a company
controlled by more than 50 per cent. by trusts which have designated members of the John Fredriksen Family as their financial beneficiaries gains control of more than 33 1/3 per cent. of the shares in the Parent,

 then: 

 

	 	(iv)	 the Parent shall promptly notify the Agent upon becoming aware of that event; 

 

	 	(v)	 a Lender shall not be obliged to fund a Utilisation (except for a Rollover Loan); and 

 

	 	(vi)	 if a Lender so requires and notifies the Agent within 21 days of the Parent notifying the Agent of the event, the Agent shall, by not less than
three (3) days notice to the Parent, cancel the Commitment of that Lender and declare the participation of that Lender in all outstanding Loans, together with accrued interest, and all other amounts accrued under the Finance Documents
immediately due and payable, whereupon the Commitment of that Lender will be cancelled and all such outstanding amounts will become immediately due and payable. 

 

	(b)	 For the purpose of this Clause 8.2: 

  

	 	(i)	 “acting in concert” means a group of persons who, pursuant to an agreement or understanding (whether formal or informal), actively
co-operate, through the acquisition of shares in the Parent by any of them, either directly or indirectly, to obtain or consolidate control of the Parent; and 

 

	 	(ii)	 “control” means the legal and beneficial ownership (directly or indirectly) of, and right to vote, the issued and voting shares.

  

	8.3	 Voluntary cancellation 

 The Parent may, if it gives the Agent not less than ten (10) Business Days’ (or such shorter period as the Majority Lenders may agree) prior notice, cancel the whole or any part (being a minimum
amount of USD 10,000,000) of an Available Facility. Any cancellation under this Clause 8.3 shall reduce the Commitments of the Lenders rateably under that Facility. 
  

	8.4	 Voluntary prepayment of Revolving Loans 

The Borrower to which a Revolving Loan has been made may, if it gives the Agent not less than ten (10) Business
Days’ (or such shorter period as the Majority Lenders may agree) prior notice, prepay the whole or any part of a Revolving Loan (but if in part, being an amount that reduces the Base Currency Amount of the Revolving Loan by a minimum amount of
USD 10,000,000). 

  
 
 32
/112 

	8.5	 Voluntary prepayment of Facility C Loans 

  

	(a)	 A Borrower to which a Facility C Loan has been made may, if it gives the Agent not less than ten (10) Business Days’ (or such shorter
period as the Majority Lenders may agree) prior notice, prepay the whole or any part of any Facility C Loan (but, if in part, being an amount that reduces the Base Currency Amount of the Facility C Loan by a minimum amount of USD 10,000,000).

  

	(b)	 A Facility C Loan may only be prepaid after the last day of the Availability Period (or, if earlier, the day on which the applicable Available
Facility is zero). 

  

	8.6	 Right of replacement or repayment and cancellation in relation to a single Lender 

 

	(a)	 If: 

  

	 	(i)	 any sum payable to any Lender by an Obligor is required to be increased under paragraph (c) of Clause 13.2 (Tax gross-up); or

  

	 	(ii)	 any Lender claims indemnification from a Borrower under Clause 13.3 (Tax indemnity) or Clause 14 (Increased costs),

 the Parent may, whilst the circumstance giving rise to the requirement for that increase or
indemnification continues, give the Agent notice of cancellation of the Commitment of that Lender and its intention to procure the repayment of that Lender’s participation in the Loans. 

 

	(b)	 On receipt of a notice referred to in paragraph (a) above in relation to a Lender, the Commitment of that Lender shall immediately be reduced
to zero. 

  

	(c)	 On the last day of each Interest Period which ends after the Parent has given notice of cancellation under paragraph (a) above (or, if earlier,
the date specified by the Parent in that notice), each Borrower to which a Loan is outstanding shall repay that Lender’s participation in that Loan. 

 

	8.7	 Right of cancellation in relation to a Defaulting Lender 

 

	(a)	 If any Lender becomes a Defaulting Lender, the Borrowers may, at any time whilst the Lender continues to be a Defaulting Lender, give the Agent five
(5) Business Days’ notice of cancellation of each Available Commitment of that Lender. 

  

	(b)	 On the notice referred to in paragraph (a) above becoming effective, each Available Commitment of the Defaulting Lender shall immediately be
reduced to zero. 

  

	(c)	 The Agent shall as soon as practicable after receipt of a notice referred to in paragraph (a) above, notify all the Lenders.

  

	8.8	 Restrictions 

  

	(a)	 Any notice of cancellation or prepayment given by any Party under this Clause 8 shall be irrevocable and, unless a contrary indication appears
in this Agreement, shall specify the date or dates upon which the relevant cancellation or prepayment is to be made and the amount of that cancellation or prepayment. 

 

	(b)	 Any prepayment under this Agreement shall be made together with accrued interest on the amount prepaid and, subject to any Break Costs, without
premium or penalty. 

  
 
 33
/112 

	(c)	 No Borrower may reborrow any part of Facility C which is prepaid. 

 

	(d)	 Unless a contrary indication appears in this Agreement, any part of a Revolving Loan which is prepaid or repaid may be reborrowed in accordance with
the terms of this Agreement. 

  

	(e)	 The Borrowers shall not repay or prepay all or any part of the Loans or cancel all or any part of the Commitments except at the times and in the
manner expressly provided for in this Agreement. 

  

	(f)	 No amount of the Total Commitments cancelled under this Agreement may be subsequently reinstated. 

 

	(g)	 If the Agent receives a notice under this Clause 8 it shall promptly forward a copy of that notice to either the Borrowers or the affected Lender,
as appropriate. 

  

	(h)	 If all or part of a Loan under a Facility is repaid or prepaid and is not available for redrawing (other than by operation of Clause 4.2 (Further
conditions precedent)), an amount of the Commitments (equal to the Base Currency Amount of the amount of the Loan which is repaid or prepaid) in respect of that Facility will be deemed to be cancelled on the date of repayment or prepayment. Any
cancellation under this paragraph (h) shall reduce the Commitments of the Lenders rateably under that Facility. 

  

	9	 INTEREST 

  

	9.1	 Calculation of interest 

 The rate of interest on each Loan for each Interest Period is the percentage rate per annum which is the aggregate of the applicable: 

 

	 	(i)	 Margin; 

  

	 	(ii)	 IBOR; and 

  

	 	(iii)	 Mandatory Cost, if any. 

  

	9.2	 Payment of interest 

 The Borrower to which a Loan has been made shall pay accrued interest on that Loan on the last day of each Interest Period (and, if the Interest Period is longer than three (3) months, on the dates
falling at three-monthly intervals after the first day of the Interest Period). 
  

	9.3	 Default interest 

  

	(a)	 If an Obligor fails to pay any amount payable by it under a Finance Document on its due date, interest shall accrue on the overdue amount from the
due date up to the date of actual payment (both before and after judgment) at a rate which, subject to paragraph (b) below, is two (2) per cent higher than the rate which would have been payable if the overdue amount had, during the period
of non-payment, constituted a Loan in the currency of the overdue amount for successive Interest Periods, each of a duration selected by the Agent (acting reasonably). Any interest accruing under this Clause 9.3 shall be immediately payable by the
Obligor on demand by the Agent. 

  
 
 34
/112 

	(b)	 If any overdue amount consists of all or part of a Loan which became due on a day which was not the last day of an Interest Period relating to that
Loan: 

  

	 	(i)	 the first Interest Period for that overdue amount shall have a duration equal to the unexpired portion of the current Interest Period relating to
that Loan; and 

  

	 	(ii)	 the rate of interest applying to the overdue amount during that first Interest Period shall be two (2) per cent. higher than the rate which
would have applied if the overdue amount had not become due. 

  

	(c)	 Default interest (if unpaid) arising on an overdue amount will be compounded with the overdue amount at the end of each Interest Period applicable
to that overdue amount but will remain immediately due and payable. 

  

	9.4	 Notification of rates of interest 

 The Agent shall promptly notify the Lenders and the relevant Borrower of the determination of a rate of interest under this Agreement. 

 

	9.5	 Margin adjustment 

  

	(a)	 Any change in the Margin shall be made on the basis of the relevant financial information referred to in Clause 21.1 (Financial statements)
after the end of each quarter (together with the corresponding Compliance Certificate(s) in accordance with Clause 21.2 (Compliance Certificate)). 

 

	(b)	 Any change in the Margin will take effect on and from the date occurring five (5) Business Days after receipt by the Agent of the relevant
Compliance Certificate. 

  

	(c)	 If for any reason, the relevant Compliance Certificate is not received by the Agent in the form and at the times described in Clause 21.2
(Compliance Certificate), the Margin shall be 3.00 per cent. per annum from the deadline for presenting such Compliance Certificate until a duly completed Compliance Certificate is received by the Agent. 

 

	10	 INTEREST PERIODS 

  

	10.1	 Selection of Interest Periods 

  

	(a)	 A Borrower (or the Parent on behalf of a Borrower) may select an Interest Period for a Loan in the Utilisation Request for that Loan or (if the Loan
has already been borrowed) in a Selection Notice. 

  

	(b)	 Each Selection Notice for a Facility C Loan is irrevocable and must be delivered to the Agent by the Facility C Borrower (or the Parent on behalf of
a Facility C Borrower) to which that Facility C Loan was made not later than 11:00 a.m. (Oslo time) three (3) Business Days before the start of the relevant Interest Period. 

 

	(c)	 If a Facility C Borrower (or the Parent) fails to deliver a Selection Notice to the Agent in accordance with paragraph (b) above, the relevant
Interest Period will, subject to Clause 10.2 (Changes to Interest Periods), be three (3) months. 

  
 
 35
/112 

	(d)	 Subject to this Clause 10, the Borrower may select an Interest Period of one (1), three (3) or six (6) months or any other period agreed
between the Parent and the Agent (acting on the instructions of all the Lenders in relation to the relevant Loan). 

  

	(e)	 An Interest Period for a Loan shall not extend beyond the Final Maturity Date applicable to its Facility. 

 

	(f)	 Each Interest Period for a Loan shall start on the Utilisation Date or, in respect of a Facility C Loan (if already made), on the last day of its
preceding Interest Period. 

  

	(g)	 A Revolving Loan has one Interest Period only. 

  

	10.2	 Changes to Interest Periods 

  

	(a)	 Prior to determining the interest rate for a Facility C Loan, the Agent may shorten an Interest Period for any Facility C Loan to ensure there are
sufficient Facility C Loans (with an aggregate Base Currency Amount equal to or greater than the Repayment Instalment) which have an Interest Period ending on the Repayment Date for Facility C for the Facility C Borrowers to make the instalment due
on that date. 

  

	(b)	 If the Agent makes any of the changes to an Interest Period referred to in this Clause 10.2, it shall promptly notify the Parent and the Lenders.

  

	10.3	 Non-Business Days 

 If an Interest Period would otherwise end on a day which is not a Business Day, that Interest Period will instead end on the next Business Day in that calendar month (if there is one) or the preceding
Business Day (if there is not). 
  

	11	 CHANGES TO THE CALCULATION OF INTEREST 

  

	11.1	 Absence of quotation 

 Subject to Clause 11.2 (Market disruption), if IBOR is to be determined by reference to the Reference Banks, but a Reference Bank does not supply a quotation by 11:00 a.m. on the Quotation Date,
the applicable IBOR shall be determined on the basis of the quotations of the remaining Reference Banks. 
  

	11.2	 Market disruption 

  

	(a)	 If a Market Disruption Event occurs in relation to a Loan for any Interest Period, then the rate of interest on each Lender’s share of that
Loan for the Interest Period shall be the rate per annum which is the sum of: 

  

	 	(i)	 the Margin; 

  

	 	(ii)	 the rate notified to the Agent by that Lender as soon as practicable, and in any event before interest is due to be paid in respect of that Interest
Period, to be that which expresses as a percentage rate per annum the cost to that Lender of funding its participation in that Loan from whatever source it may reasonably select; and 

 

	 	(iii)	 the Mandatory Cost, if any, applicable to that Lender’s participation in the Loan. 

  
 
 36
/112 

	(b)	 In this Agreement “Market Disruption Event” means: 

 

	 	(i)	 at or about 12:00 noon on the Quotation Date for the relevant Interest Period the Screen Rate is not available and none or only one of the Reference
Banks supplies a rate to the Agent to determine IBOR for the relevant Interest Period; or 

  

	 	(ii)	 before close of business in London on the Quotation Date for the relevant Interest Period, the Agent receives notifications from a Lender or Lenders
(whose participations in a Loan exceed 33.30 per cent. of that Loan) that the cost to it of obtaining matching deposits for the relevant Interest Period in the London interbank market would be in excess of IBOR. 

 

	11.3	 Alternative basis of interest or funding 

  

	(a)	 If a Market Disruption Event occurs and the Agent or the Parent so requires, the Agent and the Parent shall enter into negotiations (for a period of
not more than thirty (30) days) with a view to agreeing a substitute basis for determining the rate of interest. 

  

	(b)	 Any alternative basis agreed pursuant to paragraph (a) above shall, with the prior consent of all the Lenders and the Parent, be binding on all
Parties. 

  

	11.4	 Break Costs 

  

	(a)	 Each Borrower shall, within three (3) Business Days of demand by a Finance Party, pay to that Finance Party its Break Costs attributable to all
or any part of a Loan or Unpaid Sum being paid by that Borrower on a day other than the last day of an Interest Period for that Loan or Unpaid Sum. 

  

	(b)	 Each Lender shall, as soon as reasonably practicable after a demand by the Agent, provide a certificate confirming the amount of its Break Costs for
any Interest Period in which they accrue. 

  

	12	 FEES 

  

	12.1	 Commitment fee 

  

	(a)	 The Borrowers shall pay to the Agent (for the account of each Lender) a commitment fee computed at the rate of: 

 

	 	(i)	 40 per cent. of the Margin per annum on that Lender’s Available Commitment under Facility A for the Availability Period applicable to
Facility A; 

  

	 	(ii)	 25 per cent. of the Margin per annum until the Completion Date, and thereafter 40 per cent. of the Margin per annum, on that Lender’s
Available Commitment under Facility B for the Availability Period applicable to Facility B; and 

  

	 	(iii)	 25 per cent. of the Margin per annum until the Completion Date, and thereafter 40 per cent. of the Margin per annum, on that Lender’s
Available Commitment under Facility C for the Availability Period applicable to Facility C. 

  
 
 37
/112 

	(b)	 The accrued commitment fee is payable on the last day of each successive period of three (3) months which ends during the relevant Availability
Period, on the last day of the Availability Period and, if cancelled in full, on the cancelled amount of the relevant Lender’s Commitment at the time the cancellation is effective. 

 

	12.2	 Arrangement fee 

 The Parent shall pay to the Agent (for the account of the Arrangers) an arrangement fee in the amount and at the times agreed in a Fee Letter. 

 

	12.3	 Agency fee 

 The Parent shall pay to the Agent (for its own account) an agency fee in the amount and at the times agreed in a Fee Letter. 

 

	13	 TAX GROSS UP AND INDEMNITIES 

  

	13.1	 Definitions 

  

	(a)	 In this Agreement: 

 “Protected Party” 
 means a Finance Party which is
or will be subject to any liability, or required to make any payment, for or on account of Tax in relation to a sum received or receivable (or any sum deemed for the purposes of Tax to be received or receivable) under a Finance Document. 

“Tax Credit” 
 means a credit against, relief or remission for, or repayment of any Tax. 
 “Tax Deduction” 
 means a deduction or withholding
for or on account of Tax from a payment under a Finance Document. 
 “Tax Payment” 

means either the increase in a payment made by an Obligor to a Finance Party under Clause 13.2 (Tax gross-up) or a
payment under Clause 13.3 (Tax indemnity). 
  

	(b)	 Unless a contrary indication appears, in this Clause 13 a reference to “determines” or “determined” means a determination made
in the absolute discretion of the person making the determination. 

  

	13.2	 Tax gross-up 

  

	(a)	 Each Obligor shall make all payments to be made by it without any Tax Deduction, unless a Tax Deduction is required by law.

  
 
 38
/112 

  

	(b)	 An Obligor or a Lender shall promptly upon becoming aware that an Obligor must make a Tax Deduction (or that there is any change in the rate or the
basis of a Tax Deduction) notify the Agent accordingly. Similarly, a Lender shall notify the Agent on becoming so aware in respect of a payment payable to that Lender. If the Agent receives such notification from a Lender it shall notify that
Obligor. 

  

	(c)	 If a Tax Deduction is required by law to be made by an Obligor, the amount of the payment due from that Obligor shall be increased to an amount
which (after making any Tax Deduction) leaves an amount equal to the payment which would have been due if no Tax Deduction had been required. 

  

	(d)	 If an Obligor is required to make a Tax Deduction, it shall make that Tax Deduction and any payment required in connection with that Tax Deduction
within the time allowed and in the minimum amount required by law. 

  

	(e)	 Within thirty (30) days of making either a Tax Deduction or any payment required in connection with that Tax Deduction, the Obligor making that
Tax Deduction shall deliver to the Agent for the Finance Party entitled to the payment evidence reasonably satisfactory to that Finance Party that the Tax Deduction has been made or (as applicable) any appropriate payment paid to the relevant taxing
authority. 

  

	(f)	 A Lender and the Obligor which makes a payment to which that Lender is entitled shall co-operate in completing any procedural formalities necessary
for that Obligor to obtain authorisation to make that payment without a Tax Deduction. 

  

	13.3	 Tax indemnity 

  

	(a)	 The Obligors shall (within three (3) Business Days of demand by the Agent) pay to a Protected Party an amount equal to the loss, liability or
cost which that Protected Party determines will be or has been (directly or indirectly) suffered for or on account of Tax by that Protected Party in respect of a Finance Document. 

 

	(b)	 Paragraph (a) above shall not apply: 

  

	 	(i)	 with respect to any Tax assessed on a Finance Party: 

 

	 	(A)	 under the law of the jurisdiction in which that Finance Party is incorporated or, if different, the jurisdiction (or jurisdictions) in which that
Finance Party is treated as resident for tax purposes; or 

  

	 	(B)	 under the law of the jurisdiction in which that Finance Party’s Facility Office is located in respect of amounts received or receivable in that
jurisdiction, 

 if that Tax is imposed on or calculated by reference to the net income
received or receivable (but not any sum deemed to be received or receivable) by that Finance Party; or 
  

	 	(ii)	 to the extent a loss, liability or cost is compensated for by an increased payment under Clause 13.2 (Tax gross-up). 

 

	13.4	 Tax Credit 

 If an Obligor makes a Tax Payment and the relevant Finance Party determines that: 
  

	 	(i)	 a Tax Credit is attributable either to an increased payment of which that Tax Payment forms part, or to that Tax Payment; and

  
 
 39
/112 

	 	(ii)	 that Finance Party has obtained, utilised and retained that Tax Credit, 

the Finance Party shall pay an amount to the Obligor which that Finance Party determines will leave it (after that
payment) in the same after-Tax position as it would have been in had the Tax Payment not been required to be made by that Obligor. 
  

	13.5	 Stamp taxes 

 The Parent shall pay and, within three (3) Business Days of demand, indemnify each Finance Party against any cost, loss or liability that Finance Party incurs in relation to all stamp duty,
registration and other similar Taxes payable in respect of any Finance Document. 
  

	13.6	 Value added tax 

  

	(a)	 All consideration expressed to be payable under a Finance Document by any Party to a Finance Party shall be deemed to be exclusive of any VAT. If
VAT is chargeable on any supply made by any Finance Party to any Party in connection with a Finance Document, that Party shall pay to the Finance Party (in addition to and at the same time as paying the consideration) an amount equal to the amount
of the VAT. 

  

	(b)	 Where a Finance Document requires any Party to reimburse a Finance Party for any costs or expenses, that Party shall also at the same time pay and
indemnify the Finance Party against all VAT incurred by the Finance Party in respect of the costs or expenses to the extent that the Finance Party reasonably determines that it is not entitled to credit or repayment of the VAT.

  

	14	 INCREASED COSTS 

  

	14.1	 Increased costs 

  

	(a)	 Subject to Clause 14.3 (Exceptions) the Parent shall, within three (3) Business Days of a demand by the Agent, pay for the account of a
Finance Party the amount of any Increased Costs incurred by that Finance Party or any of its Affiliates as a result of (i) the introduction of or any change in (or in the interpretation, administration or application of) any law or regulation
or (ii) compliance with any law or regulation made after the date of this Agreement. 

  

	(b)	 In this Agreement “Increased Costs” means: 

 

	 	(i)	 a reduction in the rate of return from a Facility or on a Finance Party’s (or its Affiliate’s) overall capital;

  

	 	(ii)	 an additional or increased cost; or 

  

	 	(iii)	 a reduction of any amount due and payable under any Finance Document, 

which is incurred or suffered by a Finance Party or any of its Affiliates to the extent that it is attributable to that
Finance Party having entered into its Commitment or funding or performing its obligations under any Finance Document. 

  
 
 40
/112 

  

	14.2	 Increased cost claims 

  

	(a)	 A Finance Party intending to make a claim pursuant to Clause 14.1 (Increased costs) shall notify the Agent of the event giving rise to the
claim, following which the Agent shall promptly notify the Borrowers. 

  

	(b)	 Each Finance Party shall, as soon as practicable after a demand by the Agent, provide a certificate confirming the amount of its Increased Costs.

  

	14.3	 Exceptions 

 Clause 14.1 (Increased costs) does not apply to the extent any Increased Cost is: 
  

	 	(i)	 attributable to a Tax Deduction required by law to be made by an Obligor; 

 

	 	(ii)	 compensated for by Clause 13.3 (Tax indemnity) (or would have been compensated for under Clause 13.3 (Tax indemnity) but was not so
compensated solely because any of the exclusions in Clause 13.3 (Tax indemnity) applied); 

  

	 	(iii)	 compensated for by the payment of the Mandatory Costs; or 

 

	 	(iv)	 attributable to the wilful breach by the relevant Finance Party or its Affiliates of any law or regulation. 

 

	15	 OTHER INDEMNITIES 

  

	15.1	 Currency indemnity 

  

	(a)	 If any sum due from an Obligor under the Finance Documents (a “Sum”), or any order, judgment or award given or made in relation to
a Sum, has to be converted from the currency (the “First Currency”) in which that Sum is payable into another currency (the “Second Currency”) for the purpose of: 

 

	 	(i)	 making or filing a claim or proof against that Obligor; or 

 

	 	(ii)	 obtaining or enforcing an order, judgment or award in relation to any litigation or arbitration proceedings, 

that Obligor shall as an independent obligation, within three (3) Business Days of demand, indemnify each Finance
Party to whom that Sum is due against any cost, loss or liability arising out of or as a result of the conversion including any discrepancy between (A) the rate of exchange used to convert that Sum from the First Currency into the Second
Currency and (B) the rate or rates of exchange available to that person at the time of its receipt of that Sum. 
  

	(b)	 Each Obligor waives any right it may have in any jurisdiction to pay any amount under the Finance Documents in a currency or currency unit other
than that in which it is expressed to be payable. 

  

	15.2	 Other indemnities 

 The Borrowers shall, within three (3) Business Days of demand, indemnify each Finance Party against any cost, loss or liability incurred by that Finance Party as a result of: 

 

	 	(i)	 the occurrence of any Event of Default; 

  
 
 41
/112 

  

	 	(ii)	 a failure by an Obligor to pay any amount due under a Finance Document on its due date, including without limitation, any cost, loss or liability
arising as a result of Clause 29 (Sharing among the Finance Parties); 

  

	 	(iii)	 funding, or making arrangements to fund, its participation in a Loan requested by a Borrower in a Utilisation Request but not made by reason of the
operation of any one or more of the provisions of this Agreement (other than by reason of default or negligence by that Finance Party alone); or 

  

	 	(iv)	 a Loan (or part of a Loan) not being prepaid in accordance with a notice of prepayment given by a Borrower. 

 

	15.3	 Indemnity to the Agent 

 The Parent shall promptly indemnify the Agent against any cost, loss or liability incurred by the Agent (acting reasonably) as a result of: 

 

	 	(i)	 investigating any event which it reasonably believes is a Default; or 

 

	 	(ii)	 acting or relying on any notice, request or instruction which it reasonably believes to be genuine, correct and appropriately authorised.

  

	16	 MITIGATION BY THE LENDERS 

  

	16.1	 Mitigation 

  

	(a)	 Each Finance Party shall, in consultation with the Parent, take all reasonable steps to mitigate any circumstances which arise and which would
result in any amount becoming payable under or pursuant to, or cancelled pursuant to, any of Clause 8.1 (Illegality), Clause 13 (Tax gross-up and indemnities) or Clause 14 (Increased costs) or paragraph 3 of Schedule 7
(Mandatory Costs formulae) including (but not limited to) transferring its rights and obligations under the Finance Documents to another Affiliate or Facility Office. 

 

	(b)	 Paragraph (a) above does not in any way limit the obligations of any Obligor under the Finance Documents. 

 

	16.2	 Limitation of liability 

  

	(a)	 The Parent shall indemnify each Finance Party for all costs and expenses reasonably incurred by that Finance Party as a result of steps taken by it
under Clause 16.1 (Mitigation). 

  

	(b)	 A Finance Party is not obliged to take any steps under Clause 16.1 (Mitigation) if, in the opinion of that Finance Party (acting reasonably),
to do so might be prejudicial to it in any material respect. 

  
 
 42
/112 

	17	 COSTS AND EXPENSES 

  

	17.1	 Transaction expenses 

 The Parent shall promptly on demand pay the Agent and the Arrangers the amount of all costs and expenses (including legal fees) reasonably incurred by any of them in connection with the negotiation,
preparation, printing, execution and syndication of: 
  

	 	(i)	 this Agreement and any other documents referred to in this Agreement; and 

 

	 	(ii)	 any other Finance Documents executed after the date of this Agreement. 

 

	17.2	 Amendment costs 

 If (a) an Obligor requests an amendment, waiver or consent or (b) an amendment is required pursuant to Clause 30.10 (Change of currency), the Parent shall, within three (3) Business
Days of demand, reimburse the Agent for the amount of all costs and expenses (including legal fees) reasonably incurred by the Agent in responding to, evaluating, negotiating or complying with that request or requirement. 

 

	17.3	 Enforcement costs 

 The Parent shall, within three (3) Business Days of demand, pay to each Finance Party the amount of all costs and expenses (including legal fees) incurred by that Finance Party in connection with the
enforcement of, or the preservation of any rights under, any Finance Document. 
  

	18	 SECURITY 

 The obligations and liabilities of the Obligors under this Agreement and the other Finance Documents, including without limitation any derived liability whatsoever of the Obligors towards the Finance
Parties in connection therewith, shall be secured by: 
  

	 	(i)	 the Share Pledge Agreements; 

  

	 	(ii)	 the Intra-Group Loan Assignments; and 

  

	 	(iii)	 the guarantee set out in Clause 19 (Guarantee and indemnity). 

 

	19	 GUARANTEE AND INDEMNITY 

  

	19.1	 Guarantee obligations 

 Each Guarantor irrevocably and unconditionally: 
  

	 	(i)	 guarantees to each Finance Party as and for its own debt and not merely as surety the punctual performance by each Borrower of all of that
Borrower’s obligations under the Finance Documents (the “Guaranteed Obligations”); 

  
 
 43
/112 

  

	 	(ii)	 undertakes with each Finance Party that whenever a Borrower does not pay any amount when due under or in connection with the Guaranteed Obligations,
it shall immediately on demand pay that amount as if it was the principal obligor; and 

  

	 	(iii)	 agrees with each Finance Party that if any obligation guaranteed by it is or becomes unenforceable, invalid or illegal, it will, as an independent
and primary obligation, indemnify that Finance Party immediately on demand against any cost, loss or liability it incurs as a result of a Borrower not paying any amount which would, but for such unenforceability, invalidity or illegality, have been
payable by it under any Finance Document on the date when it would have been due. The amount payable by a Guarantor under this indemnity will not exceed the amount it would have had to pay under this Clause 19 if the amount claimed had been
recoverable on the basis of a guarantee. 

  

	19.2	 Demands 

 Each Guarantor unconditionally and irrevocably undertakes immediately on written demand by the Agent from time to time to make payment in accordance with its guarantee obligations under Clause 19.1
(Guarantee obligations) where such demand is accompanied by a statement of the Agent that a payment has fallen due under the Finance Documents, that a Borrower has failed to make such payment when due and that notice of such non-payment has
been issued. Each of such payments so demanded shall be made by the Guarantors to such account as the Agent may from time to time notify in writing. 
  

	19.3	 Scope of liability 

 The liability of each Guarantor under this guarantee shall be limited to USD 600,000,000 plus any unpaid amount of interest, fees, liability and expenses in respect of the Guaranteed Obligations.

  

	19.4	 Number of claims 

 There is no limit on the number of claims that may be made by the Agent on behalf of the Finance Parties under this guarantee. 

 

	19.5	 Continuing guarantee 

 This guarantee is a continuing guarantee and will extend to the ultimate balance of sums payable by the Borrowers in respect of the Guaranteed Obligations, regardless of any intermediate payment or
discharge in whole or in part. 
  

	19.6	 Survival of the Guarantors’ liability 

  

	(a)	 No Guarantor’s liability to the Finance Parties under this guarantee shall be discharged, impaired or otherwise affected by reason of any of
the following events or circumstances (regardless of whether any such events or circumstances occur with or without a Guarantor’s knowledge or consent): 

 

	 	(i)	 any time, waiver, consent, forbearance or other indulgence given or agreed by the Finance Parties with an Obligor or any third party in respect of
any of its obligations under the Finance Documents, including, but not limited to, any postponement of repayments or the Final Maturity Date, any increase of any Commitment, prepayments in another manner than scheduled in this Agreement, and any
other issues; 

  
 
 44
/112 

  

	 	(ii)	 any legal limitation, disability or incapacity of an Obligor or any third party related to the Finance Documents; 

 

	 	(iii)	 any invalidity, irregularity, unenforceability, imperfection or avoidance of or any defect in any security granted by, or the obligations of any
party to the Finance Documents, or any amendment to or variation thereof, or of any other document or security comprised therein; 

  

	 	(iv)	 the liquidation, bankruptcy or dissolution (or proceedings analogous thereto) or the appointment of a receiver for an Obligor or any third party, or
the occurrence of any circumstances whatsoever affecting the liability of any party to discharge its obligations under the Finance Documents; 

  

	 	(v)	 any challenge, dispute or avoidance by any liquidator of an Obligor or any third party in respect of any claim by a Guarantor or any third party by
right of subrogation in any such liquidation; 

  

	 	(vi)	 any release, discharge, renewal, amendment, extension, compromise, exchange or realisation of any security, obligation or term of the Finance
Documents, or any further security for the obligations of an Obligor under the Finance Documents; 

  

	 	(vii)	 any failure on the part of the Finance Parties (whether intentional or not) to take or perfect any security agreed to be taken under or in relation
to the Finance Documents; or 

  

	 	(viii)	 any other act, matter or thing (save for discharge in full of all of the Borrowers’ obligations in respect of the Guaranteed Obligations) which
might otherwise constitute a legal discharge of the obligations of the Borrowers thereunder. 

  

	(b)	 Each Guarantor specifically waives all rights under the provisions of the Norwegian Financial Services Act of 25 June 1999 No. 46 not
being mandatory provisions, including the following provisions (the main contents of the relevant provisions being as indicated in the brackets): 

  

	 	(i)	 § 62 (1) (a) (to be notified of any security the giving of which was a precondition for the making of any Loan, but which has
not been validly granted or has lapsed); 

  

	 	(ii)	 § 63 (1) - (2) (to be notified of any event of default hereunder and to be kept informed thereof); 

 

	 	(iii)	 § 63 (3) (to be notified of any extension granted to an Obligor in payment of principal and/or interest);

  

	 	(iv)	 § 63 (4) (to be notified of an obligor’s bankruptcy proceedings or debt reorganisation proceedings and/or any application for
the latter); 

  

	 	(v)	 § 65 (3) (that the consent of the Guarantor is required for the Guarantor to be bound by amendments to the Finance Documents that
may be detrimental to its interest); 

  

	 	(vi)	 § 66 (1) - (2) (that the Guarantor shall be released from its liabilities hereunder if security which was given, or the giving of
which was a precondition for the making of any Loan, is released by the Finance Parties without the consent of the Guarantor); 

  
 
 45
/112 

  

	 	(vii)	 § 66 (3) (that the Guarantor shall be released from its liabilities hereunder if, without its consent, security the giving of which
was a precondition for the making of any Loan or, was not validly granted); 

  

	 	(viii)	 § 67 (2) (about reduction of the Guarantor’s liabilities hereunder); 

 

	 	(ix)	 § 67 (4) (that the Guarantor’s liabilities hereunder shall lapse after ten (10) years, as the Guarantor shall remain
liable hereunder as long as any amount is outstanding in respect of the Guaranteed Obligations); 

  

	 	(x)	 § 70 (as the Guarantor shall have no right of subrogation into the rights of the Finance Parties under the Finance Documents until and
unless the Finance Parties shall have received all amounts due or to become due to them in respect of the Guaranteed Obligations); 

  

	 	(xi)	 § 71 (as the Finance Parties shall have no liability first to make demand upon or seek to enforce remedies against the Borrowers or any
of them or any other security provided in respect of the Borrowers’ liabilities under the Finance Documents before demanding payment under or seeking to enforce the security created hereunder); 

 

	 	(xii)	 § 72 (as all interest and default interest due in respect of the Guaranteed Obligations shall be secured hereunder);

  

	 	(xiii)	 § 73 (1) - (2) (as all costs and expenses related to a default in respect of the Guaranteed Obligations shall
be secured hereunder); and 

  

	 	(xiv)	 § 74 (1) - (2) (as the Guarantor shall make no claim against a Borrower for payment until and unless the
Finance Parties first shall have received all amounts due or to become due to them in respect of the Guaranteed Obligations). 

  

	19.7	 Deferral of Guarantors’ rights 

Each Guarantor does further undertake to the Finance Parties that as long as this guarantee is effective: 

 

	 	(i)	 following receipt by the Guarantor of a notice from the Agent of the occurrence of any Event of Default which is unremedied, the Guarantor will not
make demand for or claim payment of any moneys due to the Guarantor from a Borrower, or exercise any other right or remedy to which the Guarantor is entitled in respect of such moneys unless and until all moneys owing or due and payable by a
Borrower to the Finance Parties in respect of the Guaranteed Obligations have been irrevocably paid in full; 

  

	 	(ii)	 if a Borrower shall become the subject of an insolvency proceeding or shall be wound up or liquidated, the Guarantor shall not (unless so instructed
by the Agent and then only on condition that the Guarantor holds the benefit of any claim in such insolvency or liquidation to pay any amounts recovered thereunder to the Agent) make any claim in such insolvency, winding-up or liquidation until all
moneys owing or due and payable by the Borrower to the Finance Parties in respect of the Guaranteed Obligations have been irrevocably paid in full; 

  
 
 46
/112 

  

	 	(iii)	 if the Guarantor, in breach of paragraph (i) or (ii) above of this Clause 19.7 receives or recovers any money pursuant to any such
exercise, claim or proof as therein referred to, such money shall be held by the Guarantor for the Agent to apply the same as if they were moneys received or recovered by the Agent hereunder; and 

 

	 	(iv)	 the Guarantor has not taken and will not take from any Borrower any security whatsoever for the moneys hereby guaranteed.

  

	19.8	 Exclusion of Guarantors’ rights 

Until all moneys owing or due and payable by the Borrowers to the Finance Parties in respect of the Guaranteed Obligations
have been paid in full, no Guarantor will take any action which would result in the Guarantor sharing in or succeeding to or benefiting from (by subrogation or otherwise) any rights which the Finance Parties may have in respect of any moneys owing
or due and payable by a Borrower to the Finance Parties or any security therefore or all or any of the proceeds of such rights or security. 
  

	19.9	 Enforcement 

  

	(a)	 No Finance Party shall be obliged before taking steps to enforce this guarantee against a Guarantor: 

 

	 	(i)	 to obtain judgement against an Obligor or any third party in any court or other tribunal; 

 

	 	(ii)	 to make or file any claim in a bankruptcy or liquidation of an Obligor or any third party; or 

 

	 	(iii)	 to take any action whatsoever against an Obligor or any third party under the Finance Documents, except giving notice of payment of the relevant
part of the amounts outstanding hereunder; 

 and each Guarantor hereby waives all such
formalities or rights to which it would otherwise be entitled or which the Finance Parties would otherwise first be required to satisfy or fulfil before proceeding or making demand against the it hereunder, except as required hereunder or by
mandatory law. 
  

	(b)	 Without affecting the obligations of a Guarantor hereunder, the Finance Parties may take such action as they in their own discretion may consider
appropriate against any other person or parties and securities to recover moneys due and payable in respect of the Guaranteed Obligations. 

  

	(c)	 Any release, discharge or settlement between a Guarantor and the Finance Parties or any of them in relation to this guarantee shall be conditional
upon no right, security, disposition or payment to the Finance Parties by an Obligor or any other person being void, set aside or ordered to be refunded pursuant to any enactment or law relating to breach of duty by any person, bankruptcy,
liquidation, administration, protection from creditors generally or insolvency or for any reason. If any such right, security, disposition or payment is void or at any time so set aside or ordered to be refunded, the Finance Parties shall be
entitled subsequently to enforce this guarantee against each Guarantor as if such release, discharge or settlement had not occurred and any such security, disposition or payment had not been made. 

  
 
 47
/112 

	19.10	 Guarantee limitations 

  

	(a)	 Without limiting any specific exemptions set out below: 

 

	 	(i)	 no obligations of a Guarantor under this Clause 19 will extend to include any obligation or liability; and 

 

	 	(ii)	 no Security granted by an Obligor will secure any obligation or liability, 

if to do so would be unlawful financial assistance in respect of the acquisition of shares in itself or its Holding
Company under the laws of its or its Holding Company’s jurisdiction of incorporation. 
  

	(b)	 Notwithstanding any provision to the contrary in this Agreement or any Finance Document, the obligations of any Obligor incorporated in Norway (each
a “Norwegian Obligor”), whether in its capacity as Guarantor or security provider, shall be limited to the extent necessary to comply with the mandatory provisions of Sections 8-7 and 8-10 of the Norwegian Limited Companies Act (act
of 13 June 1997 no 44), regarding unlawful financial assistance and other restrictions on a Norwegian limited liability company’s ability to grant guarantees, loans or securities in favour of other group companies. The obligations of each
of the Norwegian Obligors under this Clause 19 and the Finance Documents (other than this Agreement) shall however be interpreted so as to include as much as possible without contravening the limitations of the Norwegian Limited Companies Act.

  

	20	 REPRESENTATIONS AND WARRANTIES 

 Each Obligor makes the representations and warranties set out in this Clause 20 to each Finance Party on the date of this Agreement. 

 

	20.1	 Status 

  

	(a)	 It is a corporation, duly incorporated and validly existing under the law of its jurisdiction of incorporation. 

 

	(b)	 It and each of its Subsidiaries has the power to own its assets and carry on its business as it is being conducted. 

 

	20.2	 Binding obligations 

 The obligations expressed to be assumed by it in each Finance Document are, subject to any general principles of law limiting its obligations which are specifically referred to in any legal opinion
delivered pursuant to Clause 4 (Conditions of Utilisation) or Clause 26 (Changes to the Obligors), legal, valid, binding and enforceable obligations. 
  

	20.3	 Non-conflict with other obligations 

The entry into and performance by it of, and the transactions contemplated by, the Finance Documents do not and will not
conflict with: 
  

	 	(i)	 any law or regulation applicable to it; 

  
 
 48
/112 

  

	 	(ii)	 its or any of its Subsidiaries’ constitutional documents; or 

 

	 	(iii)	 any agreement or instrument binding upon it or any of its Subsidiaries or any of its or any of its Subsidiaries’ assets.

  

	20.4	 Power and authority 

 It has the power to enter into, perform and deliver, and has taken all necessary action to authorise its entry into, performance and delivery of, the Finance Documents to which it is a party and the
transactions contemplated by those Finance Documents. 
  

	20.5	 Validity and admissibility in evidence 

All Authorisations required or desirable: 
  

	 	(i)	 to enable it lawfully to enter into, exercise its rights and comply with its obligations in the Finance Documents to which it is a party; and

  

	 	(ii)	 to make the Finance Documents to which it is a party admissible in evidence in its jurisdiction of incorporation, 

have been obtained or effected and are in full force and effect. 

 

	20.6	 Governing law and enforcement 

  

	(a)	 The choice of governing law of the Finance Documents will be recognised and enforced in its Relevant Jurisdictions. 

 

	(b)	 Any judgment obtained in relation to a Finance Document in the jurisdiction of the governing law of that Finance Document will be recognised and
enforced in its Relevant Jurisdictions. 

  

	20.7	 No deduction of Tax 

 It is not required to make any deduction for or on account of Tax from any payment it may make under any Finance Document. 
  

	20.8	 No filing or stamp taxes 

 Under the law of its Relevant Jurisdiction it is not necessary that the Finance Documents be filed, recorded or enrolled with any court or other authority in that jurisdiction or that any stamp,
registration or similar tax be paid on or in relation to the Finance Documents or the transactions contemplated by the Finance Documents. 
  

	20.9	 No Default 

  

	(a)	 No Event of Default is continuing or might reasonably be expected to result from the making of any Utilisation. 

 

	(b)	 No other event or circumstance is outstanding which constitutes a default under any other agreement or instrument which is binding on it or any of
its Subsidiaries or to which its (or any of its Subsidiaries’) assets are subject which might have a Material Adverse Effect. 

  
 
 49
/112 

	20.10	 No misleading information 

  

	(a)	 Any factual information provided by any member of the Group for the purposes of this Agreement was true and accurate in all material respects as at
the date it was provided or as at the date (if any) at which it is stated. 

  

	(b)	 Any financial projections provided to the Finance Parties in connection with this Agreement have been prepared on the basis of recent historical
information and on the basis of reasonable assumptions. 

  

	(c)	 Nothing has occurred or been omitted from the information given to the Finance Parties in connection with this Agreement and no information has been
given or withheld that results in the information given to the Finance Parties in connection with this Agreement being untrue or misleading in any material respect. 

 

	20.11	 Financial statements 

  

	(a)	 Its Original Financial Statements were prepared in accordance with the Approved Accounting Principles consistently applied, and fairly represent its
financial condition and operations (consolidated in the case of the Parent) during the relevant financial year. 

  

	(b)	 There has been no material adverse change in its business or financial condition (or the business or consolidated financial condition of the Group,
in the case of the Parent) since 31 December 2009. 

  

	20.12	 Pari passu ranking 

 Its payment obligations under the Finance Documents rank at least pari passu with the claims of all its other unsecured and unsubordinated creditors, except for obligations mandatorily preferred by law
applying to companies generally. 
  

	20.13	 No proceedings pending or threatened 

No litigation, arbitration or administrative proceedings of or before any court, arbitral body or agency which, if
adversely determined, might reasonably be expected to have a Material Adverse Effect have (to the best of its knowledge and belief) been started or threatened against it or any of its Subsidiaries. 

 

	20.14	 Environmental Laws 

  

	(a)	 It is in compliance with all Environmental Laws applicable to it and to the best of its knowledge and belief (having made due and careful enquiry)
no circumstances have occurred which would prevent such compliance in a manner or to an extent which would have a Material Adverse Effect. 

  

	(b)	 No Environmental Claim has been commenced or (to the best of its knowledge and belief (having made due and careful enquiry)) is threatened against
any member of the Group where that claim would have a Material Adverse Effect. 

  
 
 50
/112 

	20.15	 Repetition 

 The representations and warranties set out in this Clause 20 are deemed to be made by each Obligor by reference to the facts and circumstances then existing on: 

 

	 	(i)	 the date of each Utilisation Request and the first day of each Interest Period; and 

 

	 	(ii)	 in the case of an Additional Obligor, the day on which the company becomes (or it is proposed that the company becomes) an Additional Obligor.

  

	21	 INFORMATION UNDERTAKINGS 

 The undertakings in this Clause 21 remain in force from the date of this Agreement for so long as any amount is outstanding under the Finance Documents or any Commitment is in force. 

 

	21.1	 Financial statements 

 The Parent shall supply to the Agent in sufficient copies for all the Lenders: 
  

	 	(i)	 as soon as the same become available, but in any event within 120 days after the end of each of its financial years its audited consolidated
financial statements for that financial year and the audited financial statements of each Obligor for that financial year; and 

  

	 	(ii)	 as soon as the same become available, but in any event within 60 days after the end of each quarter of each of its financial years its consolidated
financial statements for that financial quarter and the financial statements of each Obligor for that financial quarter. 

  

	21.2	 Compliance Certificate 

  

	(a)	 The Parent shall supply to the Agent, with each set of consolidated financial statements of the Parent delivered pursuant to Clause 21.1
(Financial statements), a Compliance Certificate setting out (in reasonable detail) computations as to compliance with Clause 22 (Financial covenants) as at the date as at which those financial statements were drawn up.

  

	(b)	 Each Compliance Certificate shall be signed by the chief financial officer of the Parent. 

 

	21.3	 Requirements as to financial statements 

  

	(a)	 Each set of financial statements delivered by the Parent pursuant to Clause 21.1 (Financial statements) shall be certified by the chief
financial officer of the Parent as fairly representing its financial condition as at the date as at which those financial statements were drawn up. 

  

	(b)	 The Parent shall procure that each set of financial statements of an Obligor delivered pursuant to Clause 21.1 (Financial statements) is
prepared using the Approved Accounting Principles, accounting practices and financial reference periods consistent with those applied in the preparation of the Original Financial Statements for that Obligor unless, in relation to any set of
financial statements, it notifies the Agent that there has been a change in the Approved Accounting Principles, the accounting practices or reference periods and its auditors (or, if appropriate, the auditors of the Obligor) deliver to the Agent:

  

	 	(i)	 a description of any change necessary for those financial statements to reflect the Approved Accounting Principles, accounting practices and
reference periods upon which that Obligor’s Original Financial Statements were prepared; and 

  
 
 51
/112 

	 	(ii)	 sufficient information, in form and substance as may be reasonably required by the Agent, to enable the Lenders to determine whether Clause 22
(Financial covenants) has been complied with and make an accurate comparison between the financial position indicated in those financial statements and that Obligor’s Original Financial Statements. 

Any reference in this Agreement to those financial statements shall be construed as a reference to those financial
statements as adjusted to reflect the basis upon which the Original Financial Statements were prepared. 
  

	21.4	 Environmental Claims 

 Each Obligor shall, promptly upon becoming aware of the same, inform the Agent in writing of: 
  

	 	(i)	 any Environmental Claim against any member of the Group which is current, pending or threatened; and 

 

	 	(ii)	 any facts or circumstances which are reasonably likely to result in any Environmental Claim being commenced or threatened against any member of the
Group, 

 where the claim, if determined against that member of the Group, would have a
Material Adverse Effect. 
  

	21.5	 Information: miscellaneous 

 The Parent shall supply to the Agent (in sufficient copies for all the Lenders, if the Agent so requests): 
  

	 	(i)	 all material documents dispatched by the Parent to its shareholders (or any class of them) or its creditors generally at the same time as they are
dispatched; 

  

	 	(ii)	 promptly upon becoming aware of them, the details of any litigation, arbitration or administrative proceedings which are current, threatened or
pending against any member of the Group, and which might, if adversely determined, have a Material Adverse Effect; 

  

	 	(iii)	 no later than 30 days prior to any member of the Group making a Permitted Acquisition having an Enterprise Value exceeding USD 100,000,000, a two
(2) year financial forecast for the Parent (on a consolidated basis), with pro forma numbers taking into effect the making of the Permitted Acquisition showing compliance with Clause 22 (Financial covenants) and a ratio of Net Interest
Bearing Debt to EBITDA not exceeding 2.50; and 

  

	 	(iv)	 promptly, such further information regarding the financial condition, business and operations of any member of the Group as any Finance Party
(through the Agent) may reasonably request. 

  
 
 52
/112 

	21.6	 Notification of Default 

  

	(a)	 Each Obligor shall notify the Agent of any Default (and the steps, if any, being taken to remedy it) promptly upon becoming aware of its occurrence
(unless that Obligor is aware that a notification has already been provided by another Obligor). 

  

	(b)	 Promptly upon a request by the Agent, the Parent shall supply to the Agent a certificate signed by two of its directors or senior officers on its
behalf certifying that no Default is continuing (or if a Default is continuing, specifying the Default and the steps, if any, being taken to remedy it). 

 

	21.7	 Use of websites 

  

	(a)	 The Parent may satisfy its obligation under this Agreement to deliver any information in relation to the Lenders by posting this information onto an
electronic website designated by the Parent and the Agent (the “Designated Website”) if: 

  

	 	(i)	 both the Parent and the Agent are aware of the address of and any relevant password specifications for the Designated Website; and

  

	 	(ii)	 the information is in a format previously agreed between the Parent and the Agent. 

 

	(b)	 The Agent shall supply each Lender with the address of and any relevant password specifications for the Designated Website following designation of
that website by the Parent and the Agent. 

  

	(c)	 The Parent shall promptly upon becoming aware of its occurrence notify the Agent if: 

 

	 	(i)	 the Designated Website cannot be accessed due to technical failure; 

 

	 	(ii)	 the password specifications for the Designated Website change; 

 

	 	(iii)	 any new information which is required to be provided under this Agreement is posted onto the Designated Website; 

 

	 	(iv)	 any existing information which has been provided under this Agreement and posted onto the Designated Website is amended; or

  

	 	(v)	 the Parent becomes aware that the Designated Website or any information posted onto the Designated Website is or has been infected by any electronic
virus or similar software. 

 If the Parent notifies the Agent under paragraph (c)(i) or
paragraph (c)(v) above, all information to be provided by the Parent under this Agreement after the date of that notice shall be supplied in paper form unless and until the Agent and each Lender is satisfied that the circumstances giving rise to the
notification are no longer continuing. 
  

	(d)	 Any Lender may request, through the Agent, one paper copy of any information required to be provided under this Agreement which is posted onto the
Designated Website. The Parent shall comply with any such request within ten (10) Business Days. 

  
 
 53
/112 

	21.8	 “Know your customer” checks 

  

	(a)	 If: 

  

	 	(i)	 the introduction of or any change in (or in the interpretation, administration or application of) any law or regulation made after the date of this
Agreement; 

  

	 	(ii)	 any change in the status of an Obligor after the date of this Agreement; or 

 

	 	(iii)	 a proposed assignment or transfer by a Lender of any of its rights and obligations under this Agreement to a party that is not a Lender prior to
such assignment or transfer, 

 obliges the Agent or any Lender (or, in the case of paragraph
(iii) above, any prospective new Lender) to comply with “know your customer” or similar identification procedures in circumstances where the necessary information is not already available to it, each Obligor shall promptly upon the
request of the Agent or any Lender supply, or procure the supply of, such documentation and other evidence as is reasonably requested by the Agent (for itself or on behalf of any Lender) or any Lender (for itself or, in the case of the event
described in paragraph (iii) above, on behalf of any prospective new Lender) in order for the Agent, such Lender or, in the case of the event described in paragraph (iii) above, any prospective new Lender to carry out and be satisfied it
has complied with all necessary “know your customer” or other similar checks under all applicable laws and regulations pursuant to the transactions contemplated in the Finance Documents. 

 

	(b)	 Each Lender shall promptly upon the request of the Agent supply, or procure the supply of, such documentation and other evidence as is reasonably
requested by the Agent (for itself) in order for the Agent to carry out and be satisfied it has complied with all necessary “know your customer” or other similar checks under all applicable laws and regulations pursuant to the transactions
contemplated in the Finance Documents. 

  

	(c)	 The Parent shall, by not less than ten (10) Business Days’ prior written notice to the Agent, notify the Agent (which shall promptly
notify the Lenders) of its intention to request that one of its Subsidiaries becomes an Additional Obligor pursuant to Clause 26 (Changes to the Obligors). 

 

	(d)	 Following the giving of any notice pursuant to paragraph (c) above, if the accession of such Additional Obligor obliges the Agent or any Lender
to comply with “know your customer” or similar identification procedures in circumstances where the necessary information is not already available to it, the Parent shall promptly upon the request of the Agent or any Lender supply, or
procure the supply of, such documentation and other evidence as is reasonably requested by the Agent (for itself or on behalf of any Lender) or any Lender (for itself or on behalf of any prospective new Lender) in order for the Agent or such Lender
or any prospective new Lender to carry out and be satisfied it has complied with all necessary “know your customer” or other similar checks under all applicable laws and regulations pursuant to the accession of such Subsidiary to this
Agreement as an Additional Obligor. 

  

	22	 FINANCIAL COVENANTS 

  

	22.1	 Definitions 

 In this Agreement: 
 “Capital Expenditure”

 means, at the date of calculation (on a consolidated basis for the Group), the aggregate of any expenditure or
obligation in respect of expenditure which in accordance with the Approved Accounting Principles is treated as capital expenditure (and including the capital element of any expenditure or obligation incurred in connection with a finance or capital
lease. 

  
 
 54
/112 

 “Cash and Cash Equivalents” 

means, at the date of calculation (on a consolidated basis for the Group), the aggregate amount of the Group’s:

  

	 	(i)	 cash in hand or on deposit with any bank or financial institution located in any member state of the OECD or the United States of America;

  

	 	(ii)	 cash equivalents (as reported in its financial statements in accordance with the Approved Accounting Principles); and 

 

	 	(iii)	 the amount available for drawing under committed and undrawn credit lines, 

in all cases unencumbered by any Security (other than one arising pursuant to netting, set-off, cash management, cash
pooling or consolidation or combination of accounts in accordance with the Group’s banking arrangements) and otherwise at the unrestricted disposal of the relevant members of the Group. 

“EBITDA” 
 means, at the date of calculation (on a consolidated basis for the Group), earnings before interest, tax, depreciation and amortisation on ordinary activities. 

“Gross Interest Bearing Debt” 

means, at the date of calculation (on a consolidated basis for the Group), the aggregate of the Group’s indebtedness
for or in respect of: 
  

	 	(i)	 the outstanding principal amount of any moneys borrowed; 

 

	 	(ii)	 the outstanding principal amount of any acceptance under any acceptance credit; 

 

	 	(iii)	 the outstanding principal amount of any bond (other than a performance bond, advance payment bond or other similar instrument issued in respect of
the obligations of any member of the Group arising in the ordinary course of trading of that member of the Group), note, debenture, loan stock or other similar instrument; 

 

	 	(iv)	 the capitalised element of indebtedness under a finance or capital lease; 

 

	 	(v)	 the outstanding principal amount of all moneys owing in connection with the sale or discounting of receivables (otherwise than on a non-recourse
basis); 

  

	 	(vi)	 the outstanding principal amount of any indebtedness (not paid within 360 days) arising from any deferred payment agreements arranged primarily as a
method of raising finance or financing any fixed or minimum premium payable on the repayment or redemption of any instrument referred to in paragraph (iii) above (except any such arrangements entered into in the ordinary course of business);

  

	 	(vii)	 the outstanding principal amount of any indebtedness arising in connection with any other transaction (including any forward sale or purchase
agreement) which has the commercial effect of a borrowing; and 

  
 
 55
/112 

	 	(viii)	 without double counting, the outstanding principal amount of any indebtedness of any person of a type referred to in paragraphs
(i)-(vii) (inclusive) above which is the subject of a guarantee, indemnity or similar assurance against financial loss given by a member of the Group. 

“Net Interest Bearing Debt” 

means, at the date of calculation (on a consolidated basis for the Group), the aggregate amount of the Group’s Gross
Interest Bearing Debt less the total amount of the Group’s Cash and Cash Equivalents. 

“OECD” 
 means the Organisation for Economic Co-operation and Development. 

“Total Assets” 
 means, at the date of calculation (on a consolidated basis for the Group), the aggregate book value of those of the Group’s assets which, according to the Approved Accounting Principles, shall be
included as assets in a balance sheet. 
 “Total Equity” 

means, at the date of calculation (on a consolidated basis for the Group), the Group’s nominal book equity.

  

	22.2	 Calculations 

  

	(a)	 For the purpose of this Clause 22, all calculations shall be conducted in accordance with the terms defined in Clause 1.1
(Definitions) and Clause 22.1 (Definitions) and, to the extent not inconsistent with those definitions, the Approved Accounting Principles applicable from time to time and be based on the information reported in the Parent’s
consolidated financial statements prepared in accordance with the Approved Accounting Principles consistently applied. 

  

	(b)	 For the purpose of calculation of any financial ratio relating to the Group (including pro forma compliance): 

 

	 	(i)	 there shall be included in determining EBITDA for any period (including the portion thereof occurring prior to the relevant acquisition) the
consolidated earnings before interest, tax, depreciation and amortisation (calculated on the same basis as EBITDA, mutatis mutandis) for the period of any person, property, business or material fixed asset acquired and not subsequently sold,
transferred or otherwise disposed of by any member of the Group during such period (each such person, property, business or asset acquired and not subsequently disposed of an “Acquired Entity or Business”); and

  

	 	(ii)	 there shall be excluded in determining EBITDA for any period, the earnings before interest, tax, depreciation and amortisation (calculated on the
same basis as EBITDA, mutatis mutandis) of any person, property, business or material fixed asset sold, transferred or otherwise disposed of by any member of the Group during such period (including the portion thereof occurring prior to such
sale, transfer, 

  
 
 56
/112 

	 	 
disposition or conversion) (each such person, property, business or asset so sold or disposed of, a “Sold Entity or Business”) together with any additional costs incurred by the
Group relating to the sale, transfer or disposal of the Sold Entity or Business. 

  

	(c)	 No item must be credited or deducted more than once in any calculation under this Clause 22. 

 

	22.3	 Gearing ratio 

 The Parent shall ensure that the ratio of Net Interest Bearing Debt to EBITDA for the Group (on a consolidated basis) measured at the end of each financial quarter on the basis of 12 months rolling EBITDA
(starting with the financial quarter ending 31 December 2010) at any time does not exceed 3.00. 
  

	22.4	 Equity ratio 

 The Parent shall ensure that the ratio of Total Equity to Total Assets for the Group (on a consolidated basis) measured at the end of each financial quarter (starting with the financial quarter ending
31 December 2010) at all times is at least 0.30. 
  

	22.5	 Free cash 

 The Parent shall ensure that the Cash and Cash Equivalents of the Group (on a consolidated basis) at all times at least amounts to the higher of (i) USD 30,000,000 and (ii) an amount equivalent
to at least five (5) per cent. of the Net Interest Bearing Debt of the Parent (on a consolidated basis). 
  

	22.6	 Capital Expenditure 

 The Parent shall ensure that the Capital Expenditure of the Group (on a consolidated basis) measured at the end of each financial year (starting with the financial year ending 31 December 2010) shall
not exceed USD 175,000,000 in any financial year, plus any Capital Expenditure related to the Newbuilding, provided that if the Acquisition is not completed on or before 30 June 2011, such amount shall automatically be reduced to NOK
150,000,000 plus any Capital Expenditure related to the Newbuilding. 
  

	23	 GENERAL UNDERTAKINGS 

 The undertakings in this Clause 23 remain in force from the date of this Agreement for so long as any amount is outstanding under the Finance Documents or any Commitment is in force. 

 

	23.1	 Authorisations 

 Each Obligor shall promptly: 
  

	 	(i)	 obtain, comply with and do all that is necessary to maintain in full force and effect; and 

 

	 	(ii)	 supply certified copies to the Agent of, 

  
 
 57
/112 

 any Authorisation required under any law or regulation of its jurisdiction
of incorporation to enable it to perform its obligations under the Finance Documents and to ensure the legality, validity, enforceability or admissibility in evidence in its jurisdiction of incorporation of any Finance Document. 

 

	23.2	 Compliance with laws 

 Each Obligor shall comply in all respects with all laws to which it may be subject, if failure so to comply would materially impair its ability to perform its obligations under the Finance Documents.

  

	23.3	 Pari passu ranking 

 Each Obligor shall (and the Parent shall ensure that each other member of the Group shall) procure that at all times its payment obligations under the Finance Documents rank at least pari passu with the
claims of all its other unsecured and unsubordinated creditors, except for obligations mandatorily preferred by law applying to companies generally. 
  

	23.4	 Insurance 

  

	(a)	 Each Obligor shall (and the Parent shall procure that each member of the Group will) maintain insurances on and in relation to its business and
assets against those risks and to the extent as is usual for companies carrying on the same or substantially similar business. 

  

	(b)	 All insurances must be with reputable independent insurance companies or underwriters. 

 

	23.5	 Taxation 

 Each Obligor shall (and the Parent shall procure that each member of the Group will) pay and discharge all Taxes imposed upon it or its assets within the time period allowed without incurring penalties
unless and only to the extent that: 
  

	 	(i)	 such payment is being contested in good faith; 

  

	 	(ii)	 adequate reserves are being maintained for those Taxes and the costs required to contest them which have been disclosed in its latest financial
statements delivered to the Agent under Clause 21.1 (Financial statements); and 

  

	 	(iii)	 failure to pay those Taxes would not have a Material Adverse Effect. 

 

	23.6	 Negative pledge 

 In this Clause 23.6, “Quasi-Security” means an arrangement or transaction described in paragraph (b) below. 

 

	(a)	 No Obligor shall (and the Parent shall ensure that no other member of the Group will) create or permit to subsist any Security over any of its
assets. 

  

	(b)	 No Obligor shall (and the Parent shall ensure that no other member of the Group will): 

 

	 	(i)	 sell, transfer or otherwise dispose of any of its assets on terms whereby they are or may be leased to or re-acquired by an Obligor or any other
member of the Group; 

  
 
 58
/112 

	 	(ii)	 sell, transfer or otherwise dispose of any of its receivables on recourse terms; 

 

	 	(iii)	 enter into any arrangement under which money or the benefit of a bank or other account may be applied, set-off or made subject to a combination of
accounts; or 

  

	 	(iv)	 enter into any other preferential arrangement having a similar effect, 

in circumstances where the arrangement or transaction is entered into primarily as a method of raising Financial
Indebtedness or of financing the acquisition of an asset. 
  

	(c)	 Paragraphs (a) and (b) above do not apply to any Security or (as the case may be) Quasi-Security, listed below:

  

	 	(i)	 any Security granted pursuant to the Finance Documents; 

 

	 	(ii)	 any Security existing at the date of this Agreement and disclosed to and approved by the Agent (acting on the instructions of the Original Lenders)
in writing prior to the entering into of this Agreement; 

  

	 	(iii)	 any netting or set-off arrangement entered into by any member of the Group in the ordinary course of its banking arrangements for the purpose of
netting debit and credit balances; 

  

	 	(iv)	 any payment or close out netting or set-off arrangement pursuant to any interest or currency hedging transaction subject to a master agreement on
terms and conditions that are standard within the industry entered into by a member of the Group without providing any other Security or Quasi-Security; 

 

	 	(v)	 any lien arising by operation of law and in the ordinary course of trading and not as a result of any default or omission by any member of the
Group; 

  

	 	(vi)	 any Security or Quasi-Security arising under any retention of title, hire purchase or conditional sale arrangement or arrangements having similar
effect in respect of goods supplied to a member of the Group in the ordinary course of trading and on the supplier’s standard or usual terms and not arising as a result of any default or omission by any member of the Group;

  

	 	(vii)	 any Security over the Newbuilding in support of a EUR 40,000,000 ECA covered buyer credit facility; 

 

	 	(viii)	 any Security or Quasi-Security over or affecting any asset acquired by a member of the Group after the date of this Agreement if:

  

	 	(A)	 the Security or Quasi-Security was not created in contemplation of the acquisition of that asset by a member of the Group;

  

	 	(B)	 the principal amount secured has not been increased in contemplation of or since the acquisition of that asset by a member of the Group; and

  

	 	(C)	 the Security or Quasi-Security is removed or discharged within six (6) months of the date of acquisition of such asset;

  
 
 59
/112 

	 	(ix)	 any Security or Quasi-Security over or affecting any asset of any company which becomes a member of the Group after the date of this Agreement,
where the Security or Quasi-Security is created prior to the date on which that company becomes a member of the Group, if: 

  

	 	(A)	 the Security or Quasi-Security was not created in contemplation of the acquisition of that company; 

 

	 	(B)	 the principal amount secured has not increased in contemplation of or since the acquisition of that company; and 

 

	 	(C)	 the Security or Quasi-Security is removed or discharged within six (6) months of that company becoming a member of the Group; or

  

	 	(x)	 any Security or Quasi-Security consented to in writing by the Majority Lenders. 

 

	23.7	 Financial Indebtedness restrictions 

  

	(a)	 No Obligor shall (and the Parent shall ensure that no other member of the Group will) incur, create or permit to subsist any Financial Indebtedness.

  

	(b)	 Paragraph (a) above does not apply to Financial Indebtedness which is: 

 

	 	(i)	 incurred under the Finance Documents; 

  

	 	(ii)	 incurred by way of overdraft facilities the aggregate outstanding principal amount of which does not exceed USD 50,000,000 (or its equivalent
in other currencies); 

  

	 	(iii)	 incurred by way of an ECA covered buyer credit facility in respect of the Newbuilding the outstanding principal amount of which does not exceed
EUR 40,000,000 (or its equivalent in other currencies); 

  

	 	(iv)	 existing on the date of this Agreement and incurred by ALY and/or its Subsidiaries (including for the avoidance of doubt the outstanding principal
amount of the 2014 Notes and the 2017 Notes) and listed in Schedule 11 (List of existing Financial Indebtedness in ALY), the aggregate outstanding principal amount of which shall not exceed USD 500,000,000 (or its equivalent in other
currencies); 

  

	 	(v)	 incurred by the Parent in relation to any Permitted Acquisition of a company or assets having an Enterprise Value of less than USD 100,000,000 in a
principal amount not exceeding the Enterprise Value of the company or assets acquired; 

  

	 	(vi)	 incurred by the Parent in relation to any Permitted Acquisition of a company or assets having an Enterprise Value of USD 100,000,000 or more in a
principal amount not exceeding 50 per cent. of the Enterprise Value of the company or assets acquired; 

  

	 	(vii)	 incurred through any derivative transaction entered into in the ordinary course of business in connection with protection against or benefit from
fluctuation in any rate or price; 

  

	 	(viii)	 to which a member of the Group is the sole creditor and which is unsecured; 

 

	 	(ix)	 not permitted by sub-paragraphs (i) to (viii) above (both inclusive) and the aggregate outstanding principal amount of which does not
exceed USD 25,000,000 (or its equivalent in other currencies) in aggregate at any time, and provided that if the Acquisition is not completed on or before 30 June 2011, such amount shall automatically be reduced to USD 15,000,000 (or its
equivalent in other currencies); or 

  
 
 60
/112 

	 	(x)	 consented to in writing by the Majority Lenders, 

provided, however, that under no circumstances shall the Subsidiaries of the Parent without the prior written consent of
the Majority Lenders be permitted to incur, create or permit to subsist any Financial Indebtedness (other than the principal amount of any Facility C Loans) the aggregate outstanding principal amount of which exceeds USD 25,000,000 (or its
equivalent in other currencies) in aggregate in addition to any Financial Indebtedness incurred by such Subsidiaries and existing at the date of this Agreement and disclosed to the Agent prior to the entering into of this Agreement. 

 

	23.8	 Disposals 

  

	(a)	 No Obligor shall (and the Parent shall ensure that no other member of the Group will), either in a single transaction or in a series of
transactions, whether related or not and whether voluntarily or involuntarily, sell, transfer, grant or lease out or otherwise dispose of, including by means of a de-merger or merger (each a “disposal”), any assets.

  

	(b)	 Paragraph (a) does not apply to: 

  

	 	(i)	 disposals on arm’s length terms and at fair market value in the ordinary course of trading; 

 

	 	(ii)	 disposals of obsolete equipment and machinery; 

  

	 	(iii)	 disposals of assets in exchange for other assets comparable or superior as to type, value and quality; 

 

	 	(iv)	 disposals of Cash and Cash Equivalents to the extent not prohibited by the Finance Documents; 

 

	 	(v)	 disposals of assets where the net consideration received when aggregated with the net consideration receivable for any other disposal by members of
the Group other than in accordance with sub-paragraphs (i) to (iv) (both inclusive) above, in any calendar year does not exceed USD 50,000,000 (or its currency equivalent) in any calendar year, and provided that if the Acquisition is not
completed on or before 30 June 2011, such amount shall automatically be reduced to USD 20,000,000 (or its equivalent in other currencies); or 

  

	 	(vi)	 any other disposal consented to in writing by the Majority Lenders. 

 

	23.9	 Merger, de-merger and acquisition restrictions 

 

	(a)	 No Obligor shall (and the Parent shall ensure that no other member of the Group will) enter into any amalgamation, demerger, merger or corporate
reconstruction, or make any acquisition of any other person, or the assets and business of any other person. 

  

	(b)	 Paragraph (a) does not apply to: 

  

	 	(i)	 any intra-Group merger, de-merger or re-organisation on a solvent basis; 

  
 
 61
/112 

  

	 	(ii)	 the Acquisition; 

  

	 	(iii)	 any Permitted Acquisition; or 

  

	 	(iv)	 any other amalgamation, demerger, merger or corporate reconstruction or acquisition consented to in writing by the Majority Lenders.

  

	23.10	 Change of business 

 The Parent shall procure that no substantial change is made to the general nature of the business of the Parent or the Group from that carried on at the date of this Agreement. 

 

	23.11	 Loans or credit 

  

	(a)	 No Obligor shall (and the Parent shall ensure that no other member of the Group will) be a creditor in respect of any Financial Indebtedness.

  

	(b)	 Paragraph (a) above does not apply to: 

  

	 	(i)	 normal trade credit extended to its customers on normal commercial terms and in the ordinary course of its trading activities;

  

	 	(ii)	 an advance payment made in the ordinary course of business; 

 

	 	(iii)	 any loan or other credit granted to another member of the Group which is unsecured; or 

 

	 	(iv)	 any creditor relationship entered into with the prior written consent of the Majority Lenders. 

 

	23.12	 No guarantees or indemnities 

  

	(a)	 No Obligor shall (and the Parent shall ensure that no other member of the Group will) incur or allow to remain outstanding any guarantee or
indemnity in respect of any obligation of any person. 

  

	(b)	 Paragraph (a) above does not apply to a guarantee or indemnity which is: 

 

	 	(i)	 granted pursuant to the Finance Documents; 

  

	 	(ii)	 granted in respect of any obligations of another member of the Group, provided that any claims in respect thereof are unsecured; or

  

	 	(iii)	 entered into with the prior written consent of the Majority Lenders. 

 

	23.13	 Arm’s length terms 

 The Parent shall ensure that all agreements and transactions entered into by a member of the Group with an Affiliate, a shareholder or an Affiliate of a shareholder shall be entered into and made on
arm’s length terms. 

  
 
 62
/112 

	23.14	 Guarantors 

  

	(a)	 The Parent shall ensure that at all times from and including the first Utilisation Date, the aggregate earnings before interest, tax depreciation
and amortisation calculated on the same basis as EBITDA and aggregate gross assets and the aggregate turnover of the Guarantors (in each case calculated on an unconsolidated basis and excluding all intra-Group items) represents not less than
80 per cent. of EBITDA, consolidated turnover and Total Assets of the Group. 

  

	(b)	 The Parent shall ensure that any direct or indirect shareholder of ALY (other than the Parent and its shareholders) shall become an Additional
Guarantor on or before the making of the first Utilisation in respect of Facility B or Facility C unless becoming an Additional Guarantor would breach any law to which such shareholder of ALY is subject or any contract by which such shareholder of
ALY is bound (it being agreed and understood that the Parent shall use all reasonable efforts to seek to avoid any such restrictions). 

  

	(c)	 The Parent shall ensure that any of its Subsidiaries (other than those referred to in paragraph (b) above) which becomes a Material Subsidiary
shall become an Additional Guarantor within 60 days following the date it becomes a Material Subsidiary unless becoming an Additional Guarantor would breach any law to which such Subsidiary is subject or any contract by which such Subsidiary is
bound (it being agreed and understood that the Parent shall use all reasonable efforts to seek to avoid any such restrictions). 

  

	23.15	 Further security 

 Each Obligor who is or becomes the creditor of any loans and/or credits made by it to any other member of the Group in an aggregate principal amount exceeding USD 10,000,000 in each case, shall within 30
days after the making of any such loans and/or credits enter into an Intra-Group Loan Assignment with the Agent in respect of its claims relating to any such loans and/or credits, and do all such acts and execute all such documents in favour of the
Agent and provide such documentation to the Agent as the Agent may reasonably require to perfect the security created or intended to be created thereunder and evidence that the Intra-Group Loan Assignment has been validly executed by the relevant
Obligor. 
  

	23.16	 The Acquisition 

  

	(a)	 The Parent shall comply (and ensure that all other members of the Group comply) in all material respects with all applicable laws and regulations
which are directly relevant to the Acquisition. 

  

	(b)	 The Parent shall: 

  

	 	(i)	 promptly inform the Agent of any material developments in relation to the Acquisition and material changes to the terms or conditions of the Merger
Agreement; and 

  

	 	(ii)	 promptly supply to the Agent: 

  

	 	(A)	 copies of all material notices or announcements received or issued by it or any other member of the Group in relation to the Acquisition; and

  

	 	(B)	 any other information regarding the progress of the Acquisition as the Agent may reasonably request, except to the extent that it is prohibited from
doing so by the terms of any confidentiality undertaking or other legal restriction. 

  
 
 63
/112 

	23.17	 Hedging 

  

	(a)	 The Parent shall ensure that the members of the Group carry out all interest and currency hedging, and other derivative transactions, with any of
the Lenders. 

  

	(b)	 The Parent shall ensure that no member of the Group shall enter into any interest and currency hedging, or other derivative transactions, for
speculative purposes. 

  

	24	 EVENTS OF DEFAULT 

 Each of the events or circumstances set out in Clause 24 is an Event of Default (save for Clause 24.12 (Acceleration)). 

 

	24.1	 Non-payment 

 An Obligor does not pay on the due date any amount payable pursuant to a Finance Document at the place and in the currency in which it is expressed to be payable unless: 

 

	 	(i)	 its failure to pay is caused by: 

  

	 	(A)	 administrative or technical error; or 

  

	 	(B)	 a Disruption Event; and 

  

	 	(ii)	 payment is made within one (1) Business Day of its due date. 

 

	24.2	 Financial covenants 

 Any requirement of Clause 22 (Financial covenants) is not satisfied. 
  

	24.3	 Other obligations 

  

	(a)	 An Obligor does not comply with any provision of the Finance Documents (other than those referred to in Clause 24.1 (Non-payment) and
Clause 24.2 (Financial covenants)). 

  

	(b)	 No Event of Default under paragraph (a) above will occur if the failure to comply is capable of remedy and is remedied within ten
(10) Business Days of the earlier of: 

  

	 	(i)	 the Agent giving notice to the Parent or the relevant Obligor; and 

 

	 	(ii)	 the Parent or an Obligor becoming aware of the failure to comply. 

 

	24.4	 Misrepresentation 

 Any representation or statement made or deemed to be made by an Obligor in the Finance Documents or any other document delivered by or on behalf of any Obligor under or in connection with any Finance
Document is or proves to have been incorrect or misleading in any material respect when made or deemed to be made. 

  
 
 64
/112 

	24.5	 Cross-default 

  

	(a)	 Any Financial Indebtedness of any member of the Group is not paid when due nor within any originally applicable grace period.

  

	(b)	 Any Financial Indebtedness of any member of the Group is declared to be or otherwise becomes due and payable prior to its specified maturity as a
result of an event of default (however described). 

  

	(c)	 Any commitment for any Financial Indebtedness of any member of the Group is cancelled or suspended by a creditor of any member of the Group as a
result of an event of default (however described). 

  

	(d)	 Any creditor of any member of the Group becomes entitled to declare any Financial Indebtedness of any member of the Group due and payable prior to
its specified maturity as a result of an event of default (however described). 

  

	(e)	 No Event of default will occur under this Clause 24.5 if the aggregate amount of Financial Indebtedness or commitment for Financial Indebtedness
falling within paragraphs (a) to (d) above is less than USD 10,000,000 (or its equivalent in any other currencies). 

  

	24.6	 Insolvency 

  

	(a)	 A Material Subsidiary is unable or admits inability to pay its debts as they fall due, suspends making payments on any of its debts or, by reason of
actual or anticipated financial difficulties, commences negotiations with one or more of its creditors with a view to rescheduling any of its indebtedness. 

 

	(b)	 The value of the assets of any Material Subsidiary is less than its liabilities (taking into account contingent and prospective liabilities).

  

	(c)	 A moratorium is declared in respect of any indebtedness of any Material Subsidiary. 

 

	24.7	 Insolvency proceedings 

 Any corporate action, legal proceedings or other procedure or step is taken in relation to: 
  

	 	(i)	 the suspension of payments, a moratorium of any indebtedness, winding-up, dissolution, administration or reorganisation (by way of voluntary
arrangement, scheme of arrangement or otherwise) of any member of the Group; 

  

	 	(ii)	 a composition, compromise, assignment or arrangement with any creditor of any member of the Group; 

 

	 	(iii)	 the appointment of a liquidator, receiver, administrative receiver, administrator, compulsory manager or other similar officer in respect of any
member of the Group or any of its assets; 

  

	 	(iv)	 enforcement of any Security over any assets of any member of the Group, 

or any analogous procedure or step is taken in any jurisdiction. 

  
 
 65
/112 

 This Clause 24.7 shall not apply to any winding-up petition which is
frivolous or vexatious and is discharged, stayed or dismissed within thirty (30) days of commencement. 
  

	24.8	 Creditor’s process 

 Any expropriation, attachment, sequestration, distress or execution affects any asset or assets of any member of the Group and is not discharged within thirty (30) days after the relevant member of
the Group became aware of the same. 
  

	24.9	 Effectiveness of Finance Documents 

  

	(a)	 It is or becomes impossible or unlawful for an Obligor to perform any of its obligations under the Finance Documents. 

 

	(b)	 Any Finance Document does not at any time constitute legal, valid, binding and enforceable obligations in all respects of an Obligor being a party
thereto, and, if in the reasonable opinion of the Agent capable of remedy, is not remedied to the satisfaction of the Agent within ten (10) Business Days after the Parent or the relevant Obligor became or should have become aware of such event,
or is alleged by an Obligor not to constitute its legal, valid, binding and enforceable obligations in any respect for any reason. 

  

	(c)	 A Security Document (other than the guarantee set out in Clause 19 (Guarantee and indemnity)) does not create the security it purports to
create and the Parent does not within five (5) Business Days after receipt of notice from the Agent execute or procure the execution of such documentation as required by the Agent in order to remedy such defect, or if not, in the opinion of the
Agent, remediable, the Parent does not within five (5) Business Days after receipt of a draft of security documentation procure that additional valid and duly perfected security of equal value to the security constituted by the relevant
Security Document is put in place. 

  

	(d)	 An Obligor repudiates a Finance Document or evidences an intention to repudiate a Finance Document. 

 

	24.10	 Listing 

 The Listing has not been effected by 31 December 2010, or the shares of the Parent at any time thereafter cease to be listed on the Oslo Stock Exchange. 

 

	24.11	 Material adverse change 

 Any event or series of events occurs which would have a Material Adverse Effect. 
  

	24.12	 Acceleration 

 On and at any time after the occurrence of an Event of Default which is continuing the Agent may, and shall if so directed by the Majority Lenders, by notice to the Parent:- 

 

	 	(i)	 cancel the Total Commitments whereupon they shall immediately be cancelled; 

 

	 	(ii)	 declare that all or part of the Loans, together with accrued interest, and all other amounts accrued or outstanding under the Finance Documents be
immediately due and payable, whereupon they shall become immediately due and payable; 

  
 
 66
/112 

  

	 	(iii)	 declare that all or part of the Loans be payable on demand, whereupon they shall immediately become payable on demand by the Agent on the
instructions of the Majority Lenders; and/or 

  

	 	(iv)	 exercise or direct the Agent to exercise any or all of its rights, remedies, powers or discretions under the Finance Documents.

  

	25	 CHANGES TO THE LENDERS 

  

	25.1	 Transfers by the Lenders 

 Subject to this Clause 25, a Lender (the “Existing Lender”) may, after consultation with the Parent: 
  

	 	(i)	 assign any of its rights; or 

  

	 	(ii)	 transfer by novation any of its rights and obligations, 

to another bank or financial institution or to a trust, fund or other entity which is regularly engaged in or established
for the purpose of making, purchasing or investing in loans, securities or other financial assets (the “New Lender”). 
  

	25.2	 Conditions of assignment or transfer 

  

	(a)	 The consent of the Parent is required for an assignment or transfer by an Existing Lender, unless the assignment or transfer is to another Lender or
an Affiliate of a Lender. 

  

	(b)	 The consent of the Parent to an assignment or transfer must not be unreasonably withheld or delayed. The Parent will be deemed to have given its
consent five (5) Business Days after the Existing Lender has requested it unless consent is expressly refused by the Parent within that time. 

  

	(c)	 The consent of the Parent to an assignment or transfer must not be withheld solely because the assignment or transfer may result in an increase to
the Mandatory Cost. 

  

	(d)	 An assignment or transfer will only be effective if the procedure set out in Clause 25.5 (Procedure for transfer) is complied with.

  

	(e)	 If: 

  

	 	(i)	 a Lender assigns or transfers any of its rights or obligations under the Finance Documents or changes its Facility Office; and

  

	 	(ii)	 as a result of circumstances existing at the date the assignment, transfer or change occurs, an Obligor would be obliged to make a payment to the
New Lender or Lender acting through its new Facility Office under Clause 13 (Tax gross-up and indemnities) or Clause 14 (Increased Costs), 

then the New Lender or Lender acting through its new Facility Office is only entitled to receive payment under those
Clauses to the same extent as the Existing Lender or Lender acting through its previous Facility Office would have been if the assignment, transfer or change had not occurred. This paragraph (c) shall not apply in respect of an assignment or
transfer made in the ordinary course of the primary syndication of the Facilities. 

  
 
 67
/112 

  

	(d)	 Each New Lender, by executing the relevant Transfer Certificate, confirms, for the avoidance of doubt, that the Agent has authority to execute on
its behalf any amendment or waiver that has been approved by or on behalf of the requisite Lender or Lenders in accordance with this Agreement on or prior to the date on which the transfer becomes effective in accordance with this Agreement and that
it is bound by that decision to the same extent as the Existing Lender would have been had it remained a Lender. 

  

	25.3	 Transfer fee 

 The New Lender shall, on the date upon which a transfer takes effect, pay to the Agent (for its own account) a fee of USD 2,000. 

 

	25.4	 Limitation of responsibility of Existing Lenders 

 

	(a)	 Unless expressly agreed to the contrary, an Existing Lender makes no representation or warranty and assumes no responsibility to a New Lender for:

  

	 	(i)	 the legality, validity, effectiveness, adequacy or enforceability of the Finance Documents or any other documents; 

 

	 	(ii)	 the financial condition of any Obligor; 

  

	 	(iii)	 the performance and observance by any Obligor of its obligations under the Finance Documents or any other documents; or

  

	 	(iv)	 the accuracy of any statements (whether written or oral) made in or in connection with any Finance Document or any other document,

 and any representations or warranties implied by law are excluded. 

 

	(b)	 Each New Lender confirms to the Existing Lender and the other Finance Parties that it: 

 

	 	(i)	 has made (and shall continue to make) its own independent investigation and assessment of the financial condition and affairs of each Obligor and
its related entities in connection with its participation in this Agreement and has not relied exclusively on any information provided to it by the Existing Lender in connection with any Finance Document; and 

 

	 	(ii)	 will continue to make its own independent appraisal of the creditworthiness of each Obligor and its related entities whilst any amount is or may be
outstanding under the Finance Documents or any Commitment is in force. 

  

	(c)	 Nothing in any Finance Document obliges an Existing Lender to: 

 

	 	(i)	 accept a re-transfer from a New Lender of any of the rights and obligations transferred under this Clause 25; 

 

	 	(ii)	 support any losses directly or indirectly incurred by the New Lender by reason of the non-performance by any Obligor of its obligations under the
Finance Documents or otherwise. 

  
 
 68
/112 

	25.5	 Procedure for transfer 

  

	(a)	 Subject to the conditions set out in Clause 25.2 (Conditions of assignment or transfer) a transfer is effected in accordance with paragraph
(c) below when the Agent executes an otherwise duly completed Transfer Certificate delivered to it by the Existing Lender and the New Lender. The Agent shall, subject to paragraph (b) below, as soon as reasonably practicable after receipt
by it of a duly completed Transfer Certificate appearing on its face to comply with the terms of this Agreement and delivered in accordance with the terms of this Agreement, execute that Transfer Certificate. 

 

	(b)	 The Agent shall only be obliged to execute a Transfer Certificate delivered to it by the Existing Lender and the New Lender once it is satisfied it
has complied with all necessary “know your customer” or other similar checks under all applicable laws and regulations in relation to the transfer to such New Lender. 

 

	(c)	 On the Transfer Date: 

  

	 	(i)	 to the extent that in the Transfer Certificate the Existing Lender seeks to transfer by novation its rights and obligations under the Finance
Documents each of the Obligors and the Existing Lender shall be released from further obligations towards one another under the Finance Documents and their respective rights against one another under the Finance Documents shall be cancelled (being
the “Discharged Rights and Obligations”); 

  

	 	(ii)	 each of the Obligors and the New Lender shall assume obligations towards one another and/or acquire rights against one another which differ from the
Discharged Rights and Obligations only insofar as that Obligor and the New Lender have assumed and/or acquired the same in place of that Obligor and the Existing Lender; 

 

	 	(iii)	 the Agent, the Arrangers, the New Lender and other Lenders shall acquire the same rights and assume the same obligations between themselves as they
would have acquired and assumed had the New Lender been an Original Lender with the rights and/or obligations acquired or assumed by it as a result of the transfer and to that extent the Agent, the Arrangers and the Existing Lender shall each be
released from further obligations to each other under the Finance Documents; and 

  

	 	(iv)	 the New Lender shall become a Party as a “Lender”. 

 

	25.6	 Copy of Transfer Certificate to the Parent 

The Agent shall, as soon as reasonably practicable after it has executed a Transfer Certificate, send to the Parent a copy
of that Transfer Certificate. 
  

	25.7	 Security over Lenders’ rights 

 In addition to the other rights provided to Lenders under this Clause 25, each Lender may without consulting with or obtaining consent from any Obligor, at any time charge, assign or otherwise create
security in or over (whether by way of collateral or otherwise) all or any of its rights under any Finance Document to secure obligations of that Lender including, without limitation: 

 

	 	(i)	 any charge, assignment or other Security to secure obligations to a federal reserve or central bank; and 

  
 
 69
/112 

  

	 	(ii)	 in the case of any Lender which is a fund, any charge, assignment or other security granted to any holders (or trustee or representatives of
holders) of obligations owed, or securities issued, by that Lender as security for those obligations or securities, 

 except that no such charge, assignment or security shall: 
  

	 	(iii)	 release a Lender from any of its obligations under the Finance Documents or substitute the beneficiary of the relevant charge, assignment or
security for the Lender as a party to any of the Finance Documents; or 

  

	 	(iv)	 require any payments to be made by an Obligor other than or in excess of, or grant to any person any more extensive rights than, those required to
be made or granted to the relevant Lender under the Finance Documents. 

  

	26	 CHANGES TO THE OBLIGORS 

  

	26.1	 Transfer by the Obligors 

 No Obligor may assign, transfer or dispose of any of, or any interest in, its rights and/or obligations under any of the Finance Documents. 

 

	26.2	 Additional Borrowers 

  

	(a)	 Subject to compliance with the provisions of paragraphs (c) and (d) of Clause 21.8 (“Know your customer” checks), the
Parent may request that any of its wholly owned Subsidiaries becomes an Additional Borrower. That Subsidiary shall become an Additional Borrower if: 

  

	 	(i)	 the Lenders approve the addition of that Subsidiary; 

 

	 	(ii)	 the Parent delivers to the Agent a duly completed and executed Accession Letter; 

 

	 	(iii)	 the Parent confirms that no Default is continuing or would occur as a result of that Subsidiary becoming an Additional Borrower; and

  

	 	(iv)	 the Agent has received all of the documents and other evidence listed in Part 3 of Schedule 8 (Conditions precedent documents) in relation to
that Additional Borrower, each in form and substance satisfactory to the Agent. 

  

	(b)	 The Agent shall notify the Parent and the Lenders promptly upon being satisfied that it has received (in form and substance satisfactory to it) all
the documents and other evidence listed in Part 3 of Schedule 8 (Conditions precedent documents). 

  

	26.3	 Resignation of a Borrower 

  

	(a)	 The Parent may request that a Borrower (other than the Parent) ceases to be a Borrower by delivering to the Agent a Resignation Letter.

  

	(b)	 The Agent shall accept a Resignation Letter and notify the Parent and the Lenders of its acceptance if: 

 

	 	(i)	 no Default is continuing or would result from the acceptance of the Resignation Letter (and the Parent has confirmed this is the case); and

  
 
 70
/112 

  

	 	(ii)	 the Borrower is under no actual or contingent obligations as a Borrower under any Finance Documents, 

whereupon that company shall cease to be a Borrower and shall have no further rights or obligations in its capacity as a
Borrower under the Finance Documents. 
  

	26.4	 Additional Guarantors 

  

	(a)	 Subject to compliance with the provisions of paragraphs (c) and (d) of Clause 21.8 (“Know your customer” checks), the
Parent may request that any of its Subsidiaries become an Additional Guarantor. That Subsidiary shall become an Additional Guarantor if: 

  

	 	(i)	 the Parent delivers to the Agent a duly completed and executed Accession Letter; and 

 

	 	(ii)	 the Agent has received all of the documents and other evidence listed in Part 3 of Schedule 8 (Conditions precedent documents) in relation to
that Additional Guarantor, each in form and substance satisfactory to the Agent. 

  

	(b)	 The Agent shall notify the Parent and the Lenders promptly upon being satisfied that it has received (in form and substance satisfactory to it) all
the documents and other evidence listed in Part 3 of Schedule 8 (Conditions precedent documents). 

  

	26.5	 Repetition of representations and warranties 

Delivery of an Accession Letter constitutes confirmation by the relevant Subsidiary that the representations and
warranties set out in Clause 20 (Representations and warranties) are true and correct in relation to it as at the date of delivery as if made by reference to the facts and circumstances then existing. 

 

	26.6	 Resignation of a Guarantor 

  

	(a)	 The Parent may request that a Guarantor (other than the Parent) ceases to be a Guarantor by delivering to the Agent a Resignation Letter.

  

	(b)	 The Agent shall accept a Resignation Letter and notify the Parent and the Lenders of its acceptance if: 

 

	 	(i)	 no Default is continuing or would result from the acceptance of the Resignation Letter (and the Parent has confirmed this is the case);

  

	 	(ii)	 all the Lenders have consented to the Parent’s request; and 

 

	 	(iii)	 where the Guarantor is also a Borrower, it is under no actual or contingent obligations as a Borrower and has resigned and ceased to be a Borrower
under Clause 26.3 (Resignation of a Borrower). 

  
 
 71
/112 

	27	 THE ROLE OF THE AGENT AND THE ARRANGERS 

  

	27.1	 Appointment of the Agent 

  

	(a)	 Each other Finance Party appoints the Agent to act as its agent under and in connection with the Finance Documents. 

 

	(b)	 Each other Finance Party authorises the Agent to exercise the rights, powers, authorities and discretions specifically given to the Agent under or
in connection with the Finance Documents together with any other incidental rights, powers, authorities and discretions. 

  

	27.2	 Duties of the Agent 

  

	(a)	 Subject to paragraph (b) below, the Agent shall promptly forward to a Party the original or a copy of any document which is delivered to the
Agent for that Party by any other Party. 

  

	(b)	 Without prejudice to Clause 25.6 (Copy of Transfer Certificate to the Parent), paragraph (a) above shall not apply to any Transfer
Certificate. 

  

	(c)	 Except where a Finance Document specifically provides otherwise, the Agent is not obliged to review or check the adequacy, accuracy or completeness
of any document it forwards to another Party. 

  

	(d)	 If the Agent receives notice from a Party referring to this Agreement, describing a Default and stating that the circumstance described is a
Default, it shall promptly notify the other Finance Parties. 

  

	(e)	 If the Agent is aware of the non-payment of any principal, interest, commitment fee or other fee payable to a Finance Party (other than the Agent or
the Arrangers) under this Agreement it shall promptly notify the other Finance Parties. 

  

	(f)	 The Agent’s duties under the Finance Documents are solely mechanical and administrative in nature. 

 

	27.3	 Role of the Arrangers 

 Except as specifically provided in the Finance Documents, no Arranger has any obligations of any kind to any other Party under or in connection with any Finance Document. 

 

	27.4	 No fiduciary duties 

  

	(a)	 Nothing in this Agreement constitutes the Agent or an Arranger as a trustee or fiduciary of any other person. 

 

	(b)	 Neither the Agent nor any Arranger shall be bound to account to any Lender for any sum or the profit element of any sum received by it for its own
account. 

  

	27.5	 Business with the Group 

 The Agent and the Arrangers may accept deposits from, lend money to and generally engage in any kind of banking or other business with any member of the Group. 

  
 
 72
/112 

	27.6	 Rights and discretions of the Agent 

  

	(a)	 The Agent may rely on: 

  

	 	(i)	 any representation, notice or document believed by it to be genuine, correct and appropriately authorized; and 

 

	 	(ii)	 any statement made by a director, authorised signatory or employee of any person regarding any matters which may reasonably be assumed to be within
his knowledge or within his power to verify. 

  

	(b)	 The Agent may assume (unless it has received notice to the contrary in its capacity as agent for the Lenders) that: 

 

	 	(i)	 no Default has occurred (unless it has actual knowledge of a Default arising under Clause 24.1 (Non-payment)); 

 

	 	(ii)	 any right, power, authority or discretion vested in any Party or the Majority Lenders has not been exercised; and 

 

	 	(iii)	 any notice or request made by an Obligor (other than a Utilisation Request or a Selection Notice) is made on behalf of and with the consent and
knowledge of all the Obligors. 

  

	(c)	 The Agent may engage, pay for and rely on the advice or services of any lawyers, accountants, surveyors or other experts.

  

	(d)	 The Agent may act in relation to the Finance Documents through its personnel and agents. 

 

	(e)	 The Agent may disclose to any other Party any information it reasonably believes it has received as agent under this Agreement.

  

	(f)	 Without prejudice to the generality of paragraph (e) above, the Agent may disclose the identity of a Defaulting Lender to the other Finance
Parties and the Borrowers and shall disclose the same upon the written request of the Parent or the Majority Lenders. 

  

	(g)	 Notwithstanding any other provision of any Finance Document to the contrary, neither the Agent nor any Arranger is obliged to do or omit to do
anything if it would or might in its reasonable opinion constitute a breach of any law or regulation or a breach of a fiduciary duty or duty of confidentiality. 

 

	27.7	 Majority Lenders’ instructions 

  

	(a)	 Unless a contrary indication appears in a Finance Document, the Agent shall (i) exercise any right, power, authority or discretion vested in it
as Agent in accordance with any instructions given to it by the Majority Lenders (or, if so instructed by the Majority Lenders, refrain from exercising any right, power, authority or discretion vested in it as Agent) and (ii) not be liable for
any act (or omission) if it acts (or refrains from taking any action) in accordance with an instruction of the Majority Lenders. 

  

	(b)	 Unless a contrary indication appears in a Finance Document, any instructions given by the Majority Lenders will be binding on all the Finance
Parties. 

  
 
 73
/112 

  

	(c)	 The Agent may refrain from acting in accordance with the instructions of the Majority Lenders (or, if appropriate, the Lenders) until it has
received such security as it may require for any cost, loss or liability (together with any associated VAT) which it may incur in complying with the instructions. 

 

	(d)	 In the absence of instructions from the Majority Lenders, (or, if appropriate, the Lenders) the Agent may act (or refrain from taking action) as it
considers to be in the best interest of the Lenders. 

  

	(e)	 The Agent is not authorised to act on behalf of a Lender (without first obtaining that Lender’s consent) in any legal or arbitration
proceedings relating to any Finance Document. This paragraph (e) shall not apply to any legal or arbitration proceeding relating to the perfection, preservation or protection of rights under the Security Documents or enforcement of the
Transaction Security. 

  

	27.8	 Responsibility for documentation 

 Neither the Agent nor any Arranger: 
  

	 	(i)	 is responsible for the adequacy, accuracy and/or completeness of any information (whether oral or written) supplied by the Agent, an Arranger, an
Obligor or any other person given in or in connection with any Finance Document or the transactions contemplated in the Finance Documents; 

  

	 	(ii)	 is responsible for the legality, validity, effectiveness, adequacy or enforceability of any Finance Document or the Transaction Security or any
other agreement, arrangement or document entered into, made or executed in anticipation of or in connection with any Finance Document or the Transaction Security; or 

 

	 	(iii)	 is responsible for any determination as to whether any information provided or to be provided to any Finance Party is non-public information the use
of which may be regulated or prohibited by applicable law or regulation relating to insider dealing or otherwise. 

  

	27.9	 Exclusion of liability 

  

	(a)	 Without limiting paragraph (b) below, the Agent will not be liable for any action taken by it under or in connection with any Finance Document
or the Transaction Security, unless directly caused by its gross negligence or wilful misconduct. 

  

	(b)	 No Party (other than the Agent) may take any proceedings against any officer, employee or agent of the Agent in respect of any claim it might have
against the Agent or in respect of any act or omission of any kind by that officer, employee or agent in relation to any Finance Document and any officer, employee or agent of the Agent may rely on this Clause 27.9. 

 

	(c)	 The Agent will not be liable for any delay (or any related consequences) in crediting an account with an amount required under the Finance Documents
to be paid by the Agent if the Agent has taken all necessary steps as soon as reasonably practicable to comply with the regulations or operating procedures of any recognised clearing or settlement system used by the Agent for that purpose.

  

	(d)	 Nothing in this Agreement shall oblige the Agent or an Arranger to carry out any “know your customer” or other checks in relation to any
person on behalf of any Lender and each Lender confirms to the Agent and each Arranger that it is solely responsible for any such checks it is required to carry out and that it may not rely on any statement in relation to such checks made by the
Agent or an Arranger. 

  
 
 74
/112 

	27.10	 Lenders’ indemnity to the Agent 

Each Lender shall (in proportion to its share of the Total Commitments or, if the Total Commitments are then zero, to its
share of the Total Commitments immediately prior to their reduction to zero) indemnify the Agent, within three (3) Business Days of demand, against any cost, loss or liability incurred by the Agent (otherwise than by reason of the Agent’s
gross negligence or wilful misconduct) in acting as Agent under the Finance Documents (unless the Agent has been reimbursed by an Obligor pursuant to a Finance Document). 

 

	27.11	 Resignation of the Agent 

  

	(a)	 The Agent may resign and appoint one of its Affiliates as successor by giving notice to the Lenders and the Parent. 

 

	(b)	 Alternatively the Agent may resign by giving thirty (30) days notice to the Lenders and the Parent, in which case the Majority Lenders (after
consultation with the Parent) may appoint a successor Agent. 

  

	(c)	 If the Majority Lenders have not appointed a successor Agent in accordance with paragraph (b) above within twenty (20) days after notice
of resignation was given, the retiring Agent (after consultation with the Parent) may appoint a successor Agent. 

  

	(d)	 The retiring Agent shall, at its own cost, make available to the successor Agent such documents and records and provide such assistance as the
successor Agent may reasonably request for the purposes of performing its functions as Agent under the Finance Documents. 

  

	(e)	 The Agent’s resignation notice shall only take effect upon the appointment of a successor. 

 

	(f)	 Upon the appointment of a successor, the retiring Agent shall be discharged from any further obligation in respect of the Finance Documents but
shall remain entitled to the benefit of this Clause 27. Any successor and each of the other Parties shall have the same rights and obligations amongst themselves as they would have had if such successor had been an original Party.

  

	27.12	 Replacement of the Agent 

  

	(a)	 After consultation with the Parent, the Majority Lenders may, by giving thirty (30) days’ notice to the Agent (or, at any time the Agent
is an Impaired Agent, by giving any shorter notice determined by the Majority Lenders) replace the Agent by appointing a successor Agent. 

  

	(b)	 The retiring Agent shall (at its own cost if it is an Impaired Agent and otherwise at the expense of the Lenders) make available to the successor
Agent such documents and records and provide such assistance as the successor Agent may reasonably request for the purposes of performing its functions as Agent under the Finance Documents. 

 

	(c)	 The appointment of the successor Agent shall take effect on the date specified in the notice from the Majority Lenders to the retiring Agent. As
from this date, the retiring Agent shall be discharged from any further obligation in respect of the Finance Documents but shall remain entitled to the benefit of this Clause 27 (and any agency fees for the account of the retiring Agent shall
cease to accrue from (and shall be payable on) that date). 

  
 
 75
/112 

	(d)	 Any successor Agent and each of the other Parties shall have the same rights and obligations amongst themselves as they would have had if such
successor had been an original Party. 

  

	27.13	 Confidentiality 

  

	(a)	 In acting as agent for the Finance Parties, the Agent shall be regarded as acting through its agency division which shall be treated as a separate
entity from any other of its divisions or departments. 

  

	(b)	 If information is received by another division or department of the Agent, it may be treated as confidential to that division or department and the
Agent shall not be deemed to have notice of it. 

  

	(c)	 Notwithstanding any other provision of any Finance Document to the contrary, neither the Agent nor any Arranger is obliged to disclose to any other
person (i) any confidential information or (ii) any other information if the disclosure would or might in its reasonable opinion constitute a breach of any law or a breach of a fiduciary duty. 

 

	27.14	 Relationship with the Lenders 

  

	(a)	 The Agent may treat the person shown in its records as Lender at the opening of business (in the place of the Agent’s principal office as
notified to the Finance Parties from time to time) as the Lender acting through its Facility Office. 

  

	(b)	 Each Lender shall supply the Agent with any information required by the Agent in order to calculate the Mandatory Cost in accordance with Schedule 7
(Mandatory Cost formula). 

  

	(c)	 Any Lender may by notice to the Agent appoint a person to receive on its behalf all notices, communications, information and documents to be made or
despatched to that Lender under the Finance Documents. Such notice shall contain the address, fax number and/or any other information required to enable the sending and receipt of information by that means (and, in each case, the department or
officer, if any, for whose attention communication is to be made) and be treated as a notification of a substitute address, fax number, electronic mail address, department and officer by that Lender for the purposes of Clause 32.2 (Addresses)
and the Agent shall be entitled to treat such person as the person entitled to receive all such notices, communications, information and documents as though that person were that Lender. 

 

	27.15	 Credit appraisal by the Lenders 

 Without affecting the responsibility of any Obligor for information supplied by it or on its behalf in connection with any Finance Document, each Lender confirms to the Agent and each Arranger that it has
been, and will continue to be, solely responsible for making its own independent appraisal and investigation of all risks arising under or in connection with any Finance Document including but not limited to: 

 

	 	(i)	 the financial condition, status and nature of each member of the Group; 

 

	 	(ii)	 the legality, validity, effectiveness, adequacy or enforceability of any Finance Document and the Transaction Security and any other agreement,
arrangement or document entered into, made or executed in anticipation of, under or in connection with any Finance Document or the Transaction Security; 

  
 
 76
/112 

	 	(iii)	 whether that Lender has recourse, and the nature and extent of that recourse, against any Party or any of its respective assets under or in
connection with any Finance Document, the Transaction Security, the transactions contemplated by the Finance Documents or any other agreement, arrangement or document entered into, made or executed in anticipation of, under or in connection with any
Finance Document; 

  

	 	(iv)	 the adequacy, accuracy and/or completeness of any information provided by the Agent, any Party or by any other person under or in connection with
any Finance Document, the transactions contemplated by the Finance Documents or any other agreement, arrangement or document entered into, made or executed in anticipation of, under or in connection with any Finance Document; and

  

	 	(v)	 the right or title of any person in or to, or the value or sufficiency of any part of the assets subject to the Transaction Security, the priority
of any of the Transaction Security or the existence of any security affecting the assets subject to the Transaction Security 

  

	27.16	 Reference Banks 

 If a Reference Bank (or, if a Reference Bank is not a Lender, the Lender of which it is an Affiliate) ceases to be a Lender, the Agent shall (in consultation with the Parent) appoint another Lender or an
Affiliate of a Lender to replace that Reference Bank. 
  

	27.17	 Deduction from amounts payable by the Agent 

If any Party owes an amount to the Agent under the Finance Documents the Agent may, after giving notice to that Party,
deduct an amount not exceeding that amount from any payment to that Party which the Agent would otherwise be obliged to make under the Finance Documents and apply the amount deducted in or towards satisfaction of the amount owed. For the purposes of
the Finance Documents that Party shall be regarded as having received any amount so deducted. 
  

	28	 CONDUCT OF BUSINESS BY THE FINANCE PARTIES 

No provision of this Agreement will: 
  

	 	(i)	 interfere with the right of any Finance Party to arrange its affairs (tax or otherwise) in whatever manner it thinks fit;

  

	 	(ii)	 oblige any Finance Party to investigate or claim any credit, relief, remission or repayment available to it or the extent, order and manner of any
claim; or 

  

	 	(iii)	 oblige any Finance Party to disclose any information relating to its affairs (tax or otherwise) or any computations in respect of Tax.

  

	29	 SHARING AMONG THE FINANCE PARTIES 

  

	29.1	 Payments to the Finance Parties 

 Subject to paragraph (b) below, if a Finance Party (a “Recovering Finance Party”) receives or recovers any amount from an Obligor other than in accordance with Clause 30 (Payment
mechanics) (a “Recovered Amount”) and applies that amount to a payment due under the Finance Documents then: 
  

	 	(i)	 the Recovering Finance Party shall, within three (3) Business Days, notify details of the receipt or recovery, to the Agent;

  
 
 77
/112 

	 	(ii)	 the Agent shall determine whether the receipt or recovery is in excess of the amount the Recovering Finance Party would have been paid had the
receipt or recovery been received or made by the Agent and distributed in accordance with Clause 30 (Payment mechanics), without taking account of any Tax which would be imposed on the Agent in relation to the receipt, recovery or
distribution; and 

  

	 	(iii)	 the Recovering Finance Party shall, within three (3) Business Days of demand by the Agent, pay to the Agent an amount (the “Sharing
Payment”) equal to such receipt or recovery less any amount which the Agent determines may be retained by the Recovering Finance Party as its share of any payment to be made, in accordance with Clause 30.6 (Partial payments).

  

	29.2	 Redistribution of payments 

 The Agent shall treat the Sharing Payment as if it had been paid by the relevant Obligor and distribute it between the Finance Parties (other than the Recovering Finance Party) (the “Sharing
Finance Parties”) in accordance with Clause 30.6 (Partial payments) towards the obligations of that Obligor to the Sharing Finance Parties. 
  

	29.3	 Recovering Finance Party’s rights 

On a distribution by the Agent under Clause 29.2 (Redistribution of payments) of a payment received by a Recovering
Finance Party from an Obligor, as between the relevant Obligor and the Recovering Finance Party, an amount of the Recovered Amount equal to the Sharing Payment will be treated as not having been paid by that Obligor. 

 

	29.4	 Reversal of redistribution 

 If any part of the Sharing Payment received or recovered by a Recovering Finance Party becomes repayable and is repaid by that Recovering Finance Party, then: 

 

	 	(i)	 each Sharing Finance Party shall, upon request of the Agent, pay to the Agent for the account of that Recovering Finance Party an amount equal to
the appropriate part of its share of the Sharing Payment (together with an amount as is necessary to reimburse that Recovering Finance Party for its proportion of any interest on the Sharing Payment which that Recovering Finance Party is required to
pay) (the “Redistributed Amount”); and 

  

	 	(ii)	 as between the relevant Obligor and each relevant Sharing Finance Party, an amount equal to the relevant Redistributed Amount will be treated as not
having been paid by that Obligor. 

  

	29.5	 Exceptions 

  

	(a)	 This Clause 29 shall not apply to the extent that the Recovering Finance Party would not, after making any payment pursuant to this Clause, have a
valid and enforceable claim against the relevant Obligor. 

  
 
 78
/112 

	(b)	 A Recovering Finance Party is not obliged to share with any other Finance Party any amount which the Recovering Finance Party has received or
recovered as a result of taking legal or arbitration proceedings, if: 

  

	 	(i)	 it notified the other Finance Party of the legal or arbitration proceedings; and 

 

	 	(ii)	 the other Finance Party had an opportunity to participate in those legal or arbitration proceedings but did not do so as soon as reasonably
practicable having received notice and did not take separate legal or arbitration proceedings. 

  

	29.6	 Distribution of enforcement proceeds 

All moneys from time to time received or recovered by the Agent in connection with the realisation and enforcement of all
or any part of the Transaction Security shall be held by the Agent on trust to apply them as soon as reasonably practicable and to the extent permitted by applicable law, in the following order of priority: 

 

	 	(i)	 firstly, in or towards payment of costs and expenses incurred by the Agent and the other Finance Parties in connection with such realisation
and enforcement; and 

  

	 	(ii)	 secondly, in or towards payment pro rata of any other sum due but unpaid under the Finance Documents. 

 

	30	 PAYMENT MECHANICS 

  

	30.1	 Payments to the Agent 

  

	(a)	 On each date on which an Obligor or a Lender is required to make a payment under a Finance Document, that Obligor or Lender shall make the same
available to the Agent (unless a contrary indication appears in a Finance Document) for value on the due date at the time and in such funds specified by the Agent as being customary at the time for settlement of transactions in the relevant currency
in the place of payment. 

  

	(b)	 Payment shall be made to such account in the principal financial centre of the country of that currency with such bank as the Agent specifies.

  

	30.2	 Distributions by the Agent 

 Each payment received by the Agent under the Finance Documents for another Party shall, subject to Clause 30.3 (Distributions to an Obligor) and Clause 30.4 (Clawback) be made available by
the Agent as soon as practicable after receipt to the Party entitled to receive payment in accordance with this Agreement (in the case of a Lender, for the account of its Facility Office), to such account as that Party may notify to the Agent by not
less than five (5) Business Days’ notice with a bank in the principal financial centre of the country of that currency. 
  

	30.3	 Distributions to an Obligor 

 The Agent may (with the consent of the Obligor or in accordance with Clause 31 (Set-Off)) apply any amount received by it for that Obligor in or towards payment (on the date and in the currency and
funds of receipt) of any amount due from that Obligor under the Finance Documents or in or towards purchase of any amount of any currency to be so applied. 

  
 
 79
/112 

	30.4	 Clawback 

  

	(a)	 Where a sum is to be paid to the Agent under the Finance Documents for another Party, the Agent is not obliged to pay that sum to that other Party
(or to enter into or perform any related exchange contract) until it has been able to establish to its satisfaction that it has actually received that sum. 

 

	(b)	 If the Agent pays an amount to another Party and it proves to be the case that the Agent had not actually received that amount, then the Party to
whom that amount (or the proceeds of any related exchange contract) was paid by the Agent shall on demand refund the same to the Agent together with interest on that amount from the date of payment to the date of receipt by the Agent, calculated by
the Agent to reflect its cost of funds. 

  

	30.5	 Impaired Agent 

  

	(a)	 If, at any time, the Agent becomes an Impaired Agent, an Obligor or a Lender which is required to make a payment under the Finance Documents to the
Agent in accordance with Clause 30.1 (Payments to the Agent) may instead either pay that amount direct to the required recipient or pay that amount to an interest-bearing account held with an Acceptable Bank within the meaning of
paragraph (i) of the definition of “Acceptable Bank” and in relation to which no Insolvency Event has occurred and is continuing, in the name of the Obligor or the Lender making the payment and designated as a trust account for
the benefit of the Party or Parties beneficially entitled to that payment under the Finance Documents. In each case such payments must be made on the due date for payment under the Finance Documents. 

 

	(b)	 All interest accrued on the amount standing to the credit of the trust account shall be for the benefit of the beneficiaries of that trust account
pro rata to their respective entitlements. 

  

	(c)	 A Party which has made a payment in accordance with this Clause 30.5 shall be discharged of the relevant payment obligation under the Finance
Documents and shall not take any credit risk with respect to the amounts standing to the credit of the trust account. 

  

	(d)	 Promptly upon the appointment of a successor Agent in accordance with Clause 27.12 (Replacement of the Agent), each Party which has made
a payment to a trust account in accordance with this Clause 30.5 shall give all requisite instructions to the bank with whom the trust account is held to transfer the amount (together with any accrued interest) to the successor Agent for
distribution in accordance with Clause 30.2 (Distributions by the Agent). 

  

	30.6	 Partial payments 

  

	(a)	 If the Agent receives a payment for application against amounts due in respect of any Finance Documents that is insufficient to discharge all the
amounts then due and payable by an Obligor under those Finance Documents, the Agent shall apply that payment towards the obligations of that Obligor under those Finance Documents in the following order: 

 

	 	(i)	 first, in or towards payment pro rata of any unpaid fees, costs and expenses of the Agent under the Finance Documents;

  

	 	(ii)	 secondly, in or towards payment pro rata of any accrued interest, fee or commission due but unpaid under this Agreement;

  
 
 80
/112 

  

	 	(iii)	 thirdly, in or towards payment pro rata of any principal due but unpaid under this Agreement; 

 

	 	(iv)	 fourthly in or towards payment pro rata of any other sum due but unpaid under the Finance Documents. 

 

	(b)	 The Agent shall, if so directed by the Majority Lenders, vary the order set out in paragraphs (a)(ii) to (iv) above.

  

	(c)	 Paragraphs (a) and (b) above will override any appropriation made by an Obligor. 

 

	30.7	 No set-off by Obligors 

 All payments to be made by an Obligor under the Finance Documents shall be calculated and be made without (and free and clear of any deduction for) set-off or counterclaim. 

 

	30.8	 Business Days 

  

	(a)	 Any payment which is due to be made on a day that is not a Business Day shall be made on the next Business Day in the same calendar month (if there
is one) or the preceding Business Day (if there is not). 

  

	(b)	 During any extension of the due date for payment of any principal or Unpaid Sum under this Agreement interest is payable on the principal or Unpaid
Sum at the rate payable on the original due date. 

  

	30.9	 Currency of account 

  

	(a)	 Subject to paragraphs (b) to (e) below, the Base Currency is the currency of account and payment for any sum due from an Obligor under any
Finance Document. 

  

	(b)	 A repayment of a Loan or Unpaid Sum or a part of a Loan or Unpaid Sum shall be made in the currency in which that Loan or Unpaid Sum is denominated
on its due date. 

  

	(c)	 Each payment of interest shall be made in the currency in which the sum in respect of which the interest is payable was denominated when that
interest accrued. 

  

	(d)	 Each payment in respect of costs, expenses or Taxes shall be made in the currency in which the costs, expenses or Taxes are incurred.

  

	(e)	 Any amount expressed to be payable in a currency other than in the Base Currency shall be paid in that other currency. 

 

	30.10	 Change of currency 

  

	(a)	 Unless otherwise prohibited by law, if more than one currency or currency unit are at the same time recognised by the central bank of any country as
the lawful currency of that country, then: 

  

	 	(i)	 any reference in the Finance Documents to, and any obligations arising under the Finance Documents in, the currency of that country shall be
translated into, or paid in, the currency or currency unit of that country designated by the Agent (after consultation with the Parent); and 

  
 
 81
/112 

	 	(ii)	 any translation from one currency or currency unit to another shall be at the official rate of exchange recognised by the central bank for the
conversion of that currency or currency unit into the other, rounded up or down by the Agent (acting reasonably). 

  

	(b)	 If a change in any currency of a country occurs, this Agreement will, to the extent the Agent (acting reasonably and after consultation with the
Parent) specifies to be necessary, be amended to comply with any generally accepted conventions and market practice in the Relevant Interbank Market and otherwise to reflect the change in currency. 

 

	31	 SET-OFF 

 A Finance Party may set off any matured obligation due from an Obligor under the Finance Documents (to the extent beneficially owned by that Finance Party) against any matured obligation owed by that
Finance Party to that Obligor, regardless of the place of payment, booking branch or currency of either obligation. If the obligations are in different currencies, the Finance Party may convert either obligation at a market rate of exchange in its
usual course of business for the purpose of the set-off. 
  

	32	 NOTICES 

  

	32.1	 Communications in writing 

 Any communication to be made under or in connection with the Finance Documents shall be made in writing and, unless otherwise stated, may be made by fax, letter or e-mail. 

 

	32.2	 Addresses 

  

	(a)	 The address, fax number and e-mail address (and the department or officer, if any, for whose attention the communication is to be made) of the Agent
and the Parent for any communication or document to be made or delivered under or in connection with the Finance Documents is: 

  

	 	(i)	 of the Agent in respect of agency matters: 

Danske Bank A/S 
 75 King William Street 
 London EC4N 7DT 

England 
 Telefax: +44 20 7410 8008 
 E-mail: synlon@uk.danskebank.com

 Attn.: Agency Department 

  
 
 82
/112 

	 	(ii)	 of the Agent in respect of administrative matters: 

Danske Bank A/S 
 c/o Fokus Bank, Norwegian Branch of Danske Bank A/S 
 Søndre
gate 15 
 N-7011 Trondheim 

Norway 
 Telefax: +47 85 40 79 69 
 E-mail: int.finansiering@fokus.no

 Attn.: Internasjonal Finansiering – Maria Reguilon Aune 

 

	 	(iii)	 of the Parent: 

 Seawell Limited 
 c/o Seawell Management AS 

Løkkeveien 107 
 P.O. Box 332 
 N-4002 Stavanger 

Norway 
 Telefax: +47 51 30 97 19 
 E-mail: lars.bethuelsen@seawellcorp.com

 Attn.: Chief Financial Officer 

or any substitute address, fax number or e-mail address or department or officer as the Party may notify to the Agent (or
the Agent may notify to the other Parties, if a change is made by the Agent) by the giving of not less than five (5) Business Days’ notice. 
  

	(b)	 The address, fax number and e-mail address, and the department or officer, if any, for whose attention the communication is to be made) of the Agent
and the Parent for any communication or document to be made or delivered under or in connection with the Finance Documents are those notified by that Party for this purpose to the Agent on or before the date it becomes a Party; or any other address
or fax number or department or officer notified by that Party for this purpose to the Agent by the giving of not less than five (5) Business Days’ notice. 

 

	32.3	 Delivery 

  

	(a)	 Any communication or document made or delivered by one person to another under or in connection with the Finance Documents will only be effective:

  

	 	(i)	 if by way of fax, when received in legible form; or 

 

	 	(ii)	 if by way of letter, when it has been left at the relevant address or five (5) Business Days after being deposited in the post postage prepaid
in an envelope addressed to it at that address; 

 and, if a particular department or officer
is specified as part of its address details provided under Clause 32.2 (Addresses), if addressed to that department or officer. 
  

	(b)	 Any communication or document to be made or delivered to the Agent will be effective only when actually received by the Agent and then only if it is
expressly marked for the attention of the department or officer identified with the Agent’s signature below (or any substitute department or officer as the Agent shall specify for this purpose). 

  
 
 83
/112 

	(c)	 All notices from or to an Obligor shall be sent through the Agent. 

 

	(d)	 Any communication or document made or delivered to the Parent in accordance with this Clause 32 will be deemed to have been made or delivered to
each of the Obligors. 

  

	32.4	 Notification of address and fax number 

Promptly upon receipt of notification of an address or fax number or change of address or fax number pursuant to Clause
32.2 (Addresses) or changing its own address or fax number, the Agent shall notify the other Parties. 
  

	32.5	 Electronic communication 

  

	(a)	 Any communication to be made between the Agent and a Lender under or in connection with the Finance Documents may be made by electronic mail or
other electronic means, if the Agent and the relevant Lender: 

  

	 	(i)	 agree that, unless and until notified to the contrary, this is to be an accepted form of communication; 

 

	 	(ii)	 notify each other in writing of their electronic mail address and/or any other information required to enable the sending and receipt of information
by that means; and 

  

	 	(iii)	 notify each other of any change to their address or any other such information supplied by them. 

 

	(b)	 Any electronic communication made between the Agent and a Lender will be effective only when actually received in readable form and in the case of
any electronic communication made by a Lender to the Agent only if it is addressed in such a manner as the Agent shall specify for this purpose. 

  

	32.6	 English language 

  

	(a)	 Any notice given under or in connection with any Finance Document must be in English. 

 

	(b)	 All other documents provided under or in connection with any Finance Document must be: 

 

	 	(i)	 in English; or 

  

	 	(ii)	 if not in English, and if so required by the Agent, accompanied by a certified English translation and, in this case, the English translation will
prevail unless the document is a constitutional, statutory or other official document. 

  
 
 84
/112 

	33	 CALCULATIONS AND CERTIFICATES 

  

	33.1	 Accounts 

 In any litigation or arbitration proceedings arising out of or in connection with a Finance Document, the entries made in the accounts maintained by a Finance Party are prima facie evidence of the
matters to which they relate. 
  

	33.2	 Certificates and determinations 

 Any certification or determination by a Finance Party of a rate or amount under any Finance Document is, in the absence of manifest error, conclusive evidence of the matters to which it relates.

  

	33.3	 Day count convention 

 Any interest, commission or fee accruing under a Finance Document will accrue from day to day and is calculated on the basis of the actual number of days elapsed and a year of 360 days or, in any case
where the practice in the Relevant Interbank Market differs, in accordance with that market practice. 
  

	34	 PARTIAL INVALIDITY 

 If, at any time, any provision of the Finance Documents is or becomes illegal, invalid or unenforceable in any respect under any law of any jurisdiction, neither the legality, validity or enforceability
of the remaining provisions nor the legality, validity or enforceability of such provision under the law of any other jurisdiction will in any way be affected or impaired. 

 

	35	 REMEDIES AND WAIVERS 

 No failure to exercise, nor any delay in exercising, on the part of any Finance Party, any right or remedy under the Finance Documents shall operate as a waiver, nor shall any single or partial exercise
of any right or remedy prevent any further or other exercise or the exercise of any other right or remedy. The rights and remedies provided in this Agreement are cumulative and not exclusive of any rights or remedies provided by law. 

 

	36	 AMENDMENTS AND WAIVERS 

  

	36.1	 Required consents 

  

	(a)	 Subject to Clause 36.2 (Exceptions) any term of the Finance Documents may be amended or waived only with the consent of the Majority Lenders
and the Obligors and any such amendment or waiver will be binding on all Parties. 

  

	(b)	 The Agent may effect, on behalf of any Finance Party, any amendment or waiver permitted by this Clause 36. 

  
 
 85
/112 

  

	36.2	 Exceptions 

  

	(a)	 An amendment or waiver that has the effect of changing or which relates to: 

 

	 	(i)	 the definition of “Majority Lenders” in Clause 1.1 (Definitions); 

 

	 	(ii)	 an extension to the date of payment of any amount under the Finance Documents; 

 

	 	(iii)	 a reduction in the Margin or a reduction in the amount of any payment of principal, interest, fees or commission payable;

  

	 	(iv)	 an increase in or an extension of any Commitment; 

  

	 	(v)	 a change to the Borrowers or the Guarantors other than in accordance with Clause 26 (Changes to the Obligors); 

 

	 	(vi)	 any provision which expressly requires the consent of all the Lenders; 

 

	 	(vii)	 Clause 2.3 (Finance Parties’ rights and obligations), Clause 25 (Changes to the Lenders) or this Clause 36; or

  

	 	(viii)	 the release of any guarantee and indemnity granted under Clause 19 (Guarantee and Indemnity) or of any Transaction Security unless permitted
under this Agreement or any other Finance Document or relating to a sale or disposal of an asset which is the subject of the Transaction Security where such sale or disposal is expressly permitted under this Agreement or any other Finance Document,

 shall not be made without the prior consent of all the Lenders. 

 

	(b)	 An amendment or waiver which relates to the rights or obligations of the Agent or an Arranger (each in their capacity as such) may not be effected
without the consent of the Agent or the relevant Arranger. 

  

	36.3	 Disenfranchisement of Defaulting Lenders 

  

	(a)	 For so long as a Defaulting Lender has any Available Commitment, in ascertaining the Majority Lenders or whether any given percentage (including,
for the avoidance of doubt, unanimity) of the Total Commitments has been obtained to approve any request for a consent, waiver, amendment or other vote under the Finance Documents, that Defaulting Lender’s Commitment will be reduced by the
amount of its Available Commitment. 

  

	(b)	 For the purposes of this Clause 36.3, the Agent may assume that the following Lenders are Defaulting Lenders: 

 

	 	(i)	 any Lender which has notified the Agent that it has become a Defaulting Lender; 

 

	 	(ii)	 any Lender in relation to which it is aware that any of the events or circumstances referred to in paragraphs (a), (b) or (c) of the
definition of “Defaulting Lender” has occurred, 

 unless it has received
notice to the contrary from the Lender concerned (together with any supporting evidence reasonably requested by the Agent) or the Agent is otherwise aware that the Lender has ceased to be a Defaulting Lender. 

  
 
 86
/112 

  

	36.4	 Replacement of a Defaulting Lender 

  

	(a)	 The Borrowers may, at any time a Lender has become and continues to be a Defaulting Lender, by giving five (5) Business Days’ prior
written notice to the Agent and such Lender replace such Lender by requiring such Lender to (and such Lender shall) transfer pursuant to Clause 25.1 (Transfers by the Lenders) all (and not part only) of its rights and obligations under
this Agreement to a Lender or other bank or financial institution (a “Replacement Lender”) selected by the Parent, and which (unless the Agent is an Impaired Agent) is acceptable to the Agent (acting reasonably) and which confirms
its willingness to assume and does assume all the obligations or all the relevant obligations of the transferring Lender (including the assumption of the transferring Lender’s participations or unfunded participations (as the case may be) on
the same basis as the transferring Lender) for a purchase price in cash payable at the time of transfer equal to the outstanding principal amount of such Lender’s participation in the outstanding Loans and all accrued interest and/or Break
Costs and other amounts payable in relation thereto under the Finance Documents. 

  

	(b)	 Any transfer of rights and obligations of a Defaulting Lender pursuant to this Clause 36.4 shall be subject to the following conditions:

  

	 	(i)	 no Obligor shall have any right to replace the Agent; 

 

	 	(ii)	 neither the Agent nor the Defaulting Lender shall have any obligation to any Obligor to find a Replacement Lender; 

 

	 	(iii)	 the transfer must take place no later than ten (10) Business Days after the notice referred to in paragraph (a) above; and

  

	 	(iv)	 in no event shall the Defaulting Lender be required to pay or surrender to the Replacement Lender any of the fees received by the Defaulting Lender
pursuant to the Finance Documents. 

  

	37	 CONFIDENTIALITY 

  

	37.1	 Confidential Information 

 Each Finance Party agrees to keep all Confidential Information confidential and not to disclose it to anyone, save to the extent permitted by Clause 37.2 (Disclosure of Confidential Information),
and to ensure that all Confidential Information is protected with security measures and a degree of care that would apply to its own confidential information. 
  

	37.2	 Disclosure of Confidential Information 

Any Finance Party may disclose: 
  

	 	(i)	 to any of its Affiliates and Related Funds and any of its or their officers, directors, employees, professional advisers, auditors, partners and
Representatives such Confidential Information as that Finance Party shall consider appropriate if any person to whom the Confidential Information is to be given pursuant to this paragraph (a) is informed in writing of its confidential nature
and that some or all of such Confidential Information may be price-sensitive information except that there shall be no such requirement to so inform if the recipient is subject to professional obligations to maintain the confidentiality of the
information or is otherwise bound by requirements of confidentiality in relation to the Confidential Information; 

  
 
 87
/112 

  

	 	(ii)	 to any person: 

  

	 	(A)	 to (or through) whom it assigns or transfers (or may potentially assign or transfer) all or any of its rights and/or obligations under one or more
Finance Documents and to any of that person’s Affiliates, Related Funds, Representatives and professional advisers; 

  

	 	(B)	 with (or through) whom it enters into (or may potentially enter into), whether directly or indirectly, any sub-participation in relation to, or any
other transaction under which payments are to be made or may be made by reference to, one or more Finance Documents and/or one or more Obligors and to any of that person’s Affiliates, Related Funds, Representatives and professional advisers;

  

	 	(C)	 appointed by any Finance Party or by a person to whom paragraph (ii)(A) or (B) above applies to receive communications, notices, information or
documents delivered pursuant to the Finance Documents on its behalf (including, without limitation, any person appointed under paragraph (c) of Clause 27.14 (Relationship with the Lenders)); 

 

	 	(D)	 who invests in or otherwise finances (or may potentially invest in or otherwise finance), directly or indirectly, any transaction referred to in
paragraph (ii)(A) or (B) above; 

  

	 	(E)	 to whom information is required or requested to be disclosed by any court of competent jurisdiction or any governmental, banking, taxation or other
regulatory authority or similar body, the rules of any relevant stock exchange or pursuant to any applicable law or regulation; 

  

	 	(F)	 to whom or for whose benefit that Finance Party charges, assigns or otherwise creates Security (or may do so) pursuant to Clause 25.7 (Security
over Lenders’ rights); 

  

	 	(G)	 to whom information is required to be disclosed in connection with, and for the purposes of, any litigation, arbitration, administrative or other
investigations, proceedings or disputes; 

  

	 	(H)	 who is a Party; or 

  

	 	(I)	 with the consent of the Parent; 

 in each case, such Confidential Information as that Finance Party shall consider appropriate if: 
  

	 	(J)	 in relation to paragraphs (ii)(A), (B and (C) above, the person to whom the Confidential Information is to be given has entered into a
Confidentiality Undertaking except that there shall be no requirement for a Confidentiality Undertaking if the recipient is a professional adviser and is subject to professional obligations to maintain the confidentiality of the Confidential
Information; 

  
 
 88
/112 

  

	 	(K)	 in relation to paragraph (ii)(D) above, the person to whom the Confidential Information is to be given has entered into a Confidentiality
Undertaking or is otherwise bound by requirements of confidentiality in relation to the Confidential Information they receive and is informed that some or all of such Confidential Information may be price-sensitive information;

  

	 	(L)	 in relation to paragraphs (ii)(E), (F) and (G) above, the person to whom the Confidential Information is to be given is informed of its
confidential nature and that some or all of such Confidential Information may be price-sensitive information except that there shall be no requirement to so inform if, in the opinion of that Finance Party, it is not practicable so to do in the
circumstances; and 

  

	 	(iii)	 to any person appointed by that Finance Party or by a person to whom paragraph (ii)(A) or (B) above applies to provide administration or
settlement services in respect of one or more of the Finance Documents including without limitation, in relation to the trading of participations in respect of the Finance Documents, such Confidential Information as may be required to be disclosed
to enable such service provider to provide any of the services referred to in this paragraph (iii) if the service provider to whom the Confidential Information is to be given has entered into such form of confidentiality undertaking agreed
between the Parent and the relevant Finance Party. 

  

	37.3	 Entire agreement 

 This Clause 37 (Confidentiality) constitutes the entire agreement between the Parties in relation to the obligations of the Finance Parties under the Finance Documents regarding Confidential
Information and supersedes any previous agreement, whether express or implied, regarding Confidential Information. 
  

	37.4	 Inside information 

 Each of the Finance Parties acknowledges that some or all of the Confidential Information is or may be price-sensitive information and that the use of such information may be regulated or prohibited by
applicable legislation including securities law relating to insider dealing and market abuse and each of the Finance Parties undertakes not to use any Confidential Information for any unlawful purpose. 

 

	37.5	 Notification of disclosure 

 Each of the Finance Parties agrees (to the extent permitted by law and regulation) to inform the Parent: 
  

	 	(i)	 of the circumstances of any disclosure of Confidential Information made pursuant to paragraph (ii)(E) of Clause 37.2 (Disclosure of Confidential
Information) except where such disclosure is made to any of the persons referred to in that paragraph during the ordinary course of its supervisory or regulatory function; and 

 

	 	(ii)	 upon becoming aware that Confidential Information has been disclosed in breach of this Clause 37 (Confidentiality).

  
 
 89
/112 

  

	37.6	 Continuing obligations 

 The obligations in this Clause 37 (Confidentiality) are continuing and, in particular, shall survive and remain binding on each Finance Party for a period of twelve (12) months from the
earlier of: 
  

	 	(i)	 the date on which all amounts payable by the Obligors under or in connection with this Agreement have been paid in full and all Commitments have
been cancelled or otherwise cease to be available; and 

  

	 	(ii)	 the date on which such Finance Party otherwise ceases to be a Finance Party. 

 

	38	 COUNTERPARTS 

 Each Finance Document may be executed in any number of counterparts, and this has the same effect as if the signatures on the counterparts were on a single copy of the Finance Document. 

 

	39	 GOVERNING LAW 

 This Agreement is governed by Norwegian law. 
  

	40	 ENFORCEMENT 

  

	40.1	 Jurisdiction 

  

	 	(a)	 The courts of Norway have exclusive jurisdiction to settle any dispute arising out of or in connection with this Agreement (including a dispute
relating to the existence, validity or termination of this Agreement (a “Dispute”). 

  

	 	(b)	 This Clause 40.1 is for the benefit of the Finance Parties only. As a result, no Finance Party shall be prevented from taking proceedings relating
to a Dispute in any other courts with jurisdiction. To the extent allowed by law, the Finance Parties may take concurrent proceedings in any number of jurisdictions. 

 

	40.2	 Service of process 

 Without prejudice to any other mode of service allowed under any relevant law, each Obligor (other than an Obligor incorporated in Norway): 

 

	 	(i)	 irrevocably appoints Seawell Management AS, Løkkeveien 107, P.O. Box 332, N-4002 Stavanger, Norway as its agent for service of process in
relation to any proceedings before the Norwegian courts in connection with any Finance Document; and 

  

	 	(ii)	 agrees that failure by a process agent to notify the relevant Obligor of the process will not invalidate the proceedings concerned.

 This Agreement has been entered into on the date stated at the beginning of this Agreement.

  
 
 90
/112 

 SCHEDULE 1 
 LENDERS AND COMMITMENTS 
  

							
	 Lenders:
	  	Facility A Commitment:	  	Facility B Commitment:	  	Facility C Commitment:
				
	 DnB NOR Bank
 ASA
 Stranden 21

N-0021 Oslo

Norway
	  	USD 62,500,000	  	USD 21,250,000	  	USD 53,750,000
				
	 Fokus Bank,
 Norwegian Branch
 of Danske Bank A/S

Søndre gate 15
 N-7011 Trondheim
 Norway
	  	USD 62,500,000	  	USD 21,250,000	  	USD 53,750,000
				
	 Nordea Bank Norge
 ASA
 Middelthunsgate 17

N-0368 Oslo

Norway
	  	USD 62,500,000	  	USD 21,250,000	  	USD 53,750,000
				
	 Swedbank AB (publ)
 c/o Swedbank Norge
 P.O. Box 1441 Vika

N-0115 Oslo

Norway
	  	USD 62,500,000	  	USD 21,250,000	  	USD 53,750,000
				
	 Total:
	  	USD 250,000,000	  	USD 85,000,000	  	USD 215,000,000

  
 
 91
/112 

 SCHEDULE 2 
 FORM OF 
 UTILISATION REQUEST 

 

	To:	 DANSKE BANK A/S as Agent 

 Telefax: +44 20 7410 8008 
 Attn: Agency Department 

 

	Date:	 [                    ]

 USD 550,000,000 MULTICURRENCY TERM AND REVOLVING FACILITIES AGREEMENT DATED 11 NOVEMBER 2010 (THE “AGREEMENT”)

  

	1.	 We refer to the Agreement. This is a Utilisation Request. Terms defined in the Agreement have the same meaning in this Utilisation Request unless
given a different meaning in this Utilisation Request. 

  

	2.	 We wish to borrow a Loan on the following terms: 

  

					
	 Proposed Utilisation Date:
	  	 [    ] (or, if that is not a Business Day, the next Business Day)
	  	
			
	 Facility to be utilised:
	  	 [Facility A]/[Facility B]/[Facility C]*
	  	
			
	 Currency of Loan:
	  	 [    ]
	  	
			
	 Amount:
	  	 [    ] or, if less, the Available Facility
	  	
			
	 Interest Period:
	  	 [    ]
	  	

  

	3.	 We confirm that each condition specified in Clause 4.2 (Further conditions precedent) is satisfied on the date of this Utilisation Request.

  

	4.	 The proceeds of this Loan should be credited to [account]. 

 

	5.	 This Utilisation Request is irrevocable. 

 By: 
 [    ] 
 Authorised signatory 
  

 

	*	 Delete as appropriate. 

  
 
 92
/112 

 SCHEDULE 3 
 FORM OF 
 SELECTION NOTICE 

 

	To:	 DANSKE BANK A/S as Agent 

 Telefax: +44 20 7410 8008 
 Attn: Agency Department 

 

	Date:	 [                    ]

 USD 550,000,000 MULTICURRENCY TERM AND REVOLVING FACILITIES AGREEMENT DATED 11 NOVEMBER 2010 (THE “AGREEMENT”)

  

	1.	 We refer to the Agreement. This is a Selection Notice. Terms defined in the Agreement have the same meaning in this Selection Notice unless given a
different meaning in this Selection Notice. 

  

	2.	 We refer to the Facility C Loan with an Interest Period ending on [    ]: 

 

	3.	 We request that the next Interest Period for the above Facility C Loan is [    ]. 

 

	4.	 This Selection Notice is irrevocable. 

 By: 
 [    ] 
 Authorised signatory 

  
 
 93
/112 

 SCHEDULE 4 
 FORM OF 
 TRANSFER CERTIFICATE 

 

	To:	 Danske Bank A/S as Agent 

  

	From:	 [The Existing Lender] (the “Existing Lender”) and [The New Lender] (the “New Lender”)

  

	Dated:	 [                    ]

 USD 550,000,000 MULTICURRENCY TERM AND REVOLVING FACILITIES AGREEMENT DATED 11 NOVEMBER 2010 (THE “AGREEMENT”)

  

	1.	 We refer to the Agreement. This is a Transfer Certificate. Terms defined in the Agreement have the same meaning in this Transfer Certificate unless
given a different meaning in this Transfer Certificate. 

  

	2.	 We refer to Clause 25.5 (Procedure for transfer): 

 

	 	(i)	 The Existing Lender and the New Lender agree to the Existing Lender transferring to the New Lender by novation all or part of the Existing
Lender’s Commitment, rights and obligations referred to in the Schedule in accordance with Clause 25.5 (Procedure for transfer). 

  

	 	(ii)	 The proposed Transfer Date is
[                    ]. 

  

	 	(iii)	 The Facility Office and address, fax number and attention details for notices of the New Lender for the purposes of Clause 32.2 (Addresses)
are set out in the Schedule. 

  

	3.	 The New Lender expressly acknowledges the limitations on the Existing Lender’s obligations set out in paragraph (c) of Clause 25.4
(Limitation of responsibility of Existing Lenders). 

  

	4.	 This Transfer Certificate may be executed in any number of counterparts and this has the same effect as if the signatures on the counterparts were
on a single copy of this Transfer Certificate. 

  

	5.	 This Transfer Certificate is governed by Norwegian law. 

 

	6.	 This Transfer Certificate has been entered into on the date stated at the beginning of this Transfer Certificate. 

  
 
 94
/112 

 THE SCHEDULE 
 Commitment/rights and obligations to be transferred 
 [insert relevant
details] 
 [Facility Office address, fax number and attention details for notices and account details for payments]

  

			
	[Existing Lender]	 	[New Lender]
		
	 By:
	 	 By:

	 Name:
	 	 Name:

	 Title:
	 	 Title:

 This Transfer Certificate
is accepted by the Agent and the Transfer Date is confirmed as [                    ]. 
 Danske Bank A/S 
 By: 
 Name: 
 Title: 

  
 
 95
/112 

 SCHEDULE 5 
 FORM OF 
 ACCESSION LETTER 

 

	To:	 DANSKE BANK A/S as Agent 

  

	From:	 [Subsidiary] and [Company] 

  

	Date:	 [                    ]

 USD 550,000,000 MULTICURRENCY TERM AND REVOLVING FACILITIES AGREEMENT DATED 11 NOVEMBER 2010 (THE “AGREEMENT”)

  

	1.	 We refer to the Agreement. This is an Accession Letter. Terms defined in the Agreement have the same meaning in this Accession Letter unless given a
different meaning in this Accession Letter. 

  

	2.	 [Subsidiary] agrees to become an Additional [Borrower]/[Guarantor] and to be bound by the terms of the Agreement as an Additional
[Borrower]/[Guarantor] pursuant to Clause [26.2 (Additional Borrowers)]/[Clause 26.4 (Additional Guarantors)] of the Agreement. [Subsidiary] is a company duly incorporated under the laws of [name of relevant
jurisdiction]. 

  

	3.	 [Insert guarantee limitations language, if appropriate pursuant to applicable law] 

 

	4.	 [Subsidiary’s] administrative details are as follows: 

Address: 
 Fax no.: 
 Attention: 

 

	5.	 This Accession Letter is governed by Norwegian law. 

 

			
	SEAWELL LIMITED	  	[SUBSIDIARY]
		
	 By:
	  	 By:

	 Name:
	  	 Name:

	 Title:
	  	 Title:

  
 
 96
/112 

 SCHEDULE 6 
 FORM OF 
 RESIGNATION LETTER 

 

	To:	 DANSKE BANK A/S as Agent 

  

	From:	 [resigning Obligor] and [Company] 

  

	Date:	 [                    ]

 USD 550,000,000 MULTICURRENCY TERM AND REVOLVING FACILITIES AGREEMENT DATED 11 NOVEMBER 2010 (THE “AGREEMENT”)

  

	1.	 We refer to the Agreement. This is a Resignation Letter. Terms defined in the Agreement have the same meaning in this Resignation Letter unless
given a different meaning in this Resignation Letter. 

  

	2.	 Pursuant to [Clause 26.3 (Resignation of a Borrower)]/[Clause 26.6 (Resignation of a Guarantor)], we request that [resigning
Obligor] be released from its obligations as a [Borrower]/[Guarantor] under the Agreement. 

  

	3.	 We confirm that: 

  

	 	(i)	 no Default is continuing or would result from the acceptance of this request; and 

 

	 	(ii)	 [[resigning Borrower] is under no actual or contingent obligations as a Borrower under any Finance Documents]/[[resigning Borrower] is
under no actual or contingent obligations as a Borrower and has resigned and ceased to be a Borrower under Clause 26.3 (Resignation of a Borrower) and all the Lenders have consented to this request]. 

 

	4.	 This Resignation Letter is governed by Norwegian law. 

 

			
	 SEAWELL LIMITED
	  	 [RESIGNING OBLIGOR]

		
	 By:
	  	 By:

	 Name:
	  	 Name:

	 Title:
	  	 Title:

  
 
 97
/112 

 SCHEDULE 7 
 MANDATORY COST FORMULAE 
  

	1.	 The Mandatory Cost is an addition to the interest rate to compensate Lenders for the cost of compliance with (a) the requirements of the Bank
of England and/or the Financial Services Authority (or, in either case, any other authority which replaces all or any of its functions) or (b) the requirements of the European Central Bank. 

 

	2.	 On the first day of each Interest Period (or as soon as possible thereafter) the Agent shall calculate, as a percentage rate, a rate (the
“Additional Cost Rate”) for each Lender, in accordance with the paragraphs set out below. The Mandatory Cost will be calculated by the Agent as a weighted average of the Lenders’ Additional Cost Rates (weighted in proportion to
the percentage participation of each Lender in the relevant Loan) and will be expressed as a percentage rate per annum. 

  

	3.	 The Additional Cost Rate for any Lender lending from a Facility Office in a Participating Member State will be the percentage notified by that
Lender to the Agent. This percentage will be certified by that Lender in its notice to the Agent to be its reasonable determination of the cost (expressed as a percentage of that Lender’s participation in all Loans made from that Facility
Office) of complying with the minimum reserve requirements of the European Central Bank in respect of loans made from that Facility Office. 

  

	4.	 The Additional Cost Rate for any Lender lending from a Facility Office in the United Kingdom will be calculated by the Agent as follows:

  

	 	(a)	 in relation to a sterling Loan: 

  

					
			
		    	 

	 	 per cent. per annum

 

	 	(b)	 in relation to a Loan in any currency other than sterling: 

 

					
			
		    	 

	 	 per cent. per annum.

 Where: 
  

	A	 is the percentage of Eligible Liabilities (assuming these to be in excess of any stated minimum) which that Lender is from time to time required to
maintain as an interest free cash ratio deposit with the Bank of England to comply with cash ratio requirements. 

  

	B	 is the percentage rate of interest (excluding the Margin and the Mandatory Cost and, if the Loan is an Unpaid Sum, the additional rate of interest
specified in paragraph (a) of Clause 9.3 (Default interest)) payable for the relevant Interest Period on the Loan. 

  

	C	 is the percentage (if any) of Eligible Liabilities which that Lender is required from time to time to maintain as interest bearing Special Deposits
with the Bank of England. 

  
 
 98
/112 

	D	 is the percentage rate per annum payable by the Bank of England to the Agent on interest bearing Special Deposits. 

 

	E	 is designed to compensate Lenders for amounts payable under the Fees Rules and is calculated by the Agent as being the average of the most recent
rates of charge supplied by the Reference Banks to the Agent pursuant to paragraph 7 below and expressed in pounds per £1,000,000. 

  

	5.	 For the purposes of this Schedule: 

  

	 	(a)	 “Eligible Liabilities” and “Special Deposits” have the meanings given to them from time to time under or pursuant
to the Bank of England Act 1998 or (as may be appropriate) by the Bank of England; 

  

	 	(b)	 “Fees Rules” means the rules on periodic fees contained in the Financial Services Authority Fees Manual or such other law or
regulation as may be in force from time to time in respect of the payment of fees for the acceptance of deposits; 

  

	 	(c)	 “Fee Tariffs” means the fee tariffs specified in the Fees Rules under the activity group A.1 Deposit acceptors (ignoring any
minimum fee or zero rated fee required pursuant to the Fees Rules but taking into account any applicable discount rate); and 

  

	 	(d)	 “Tariff Base” has the meaning given to it in, and will be calculated in accordance with, the Fees Rules.

  

	6.	 In application of the above formulae, A, B, C and D will be included in the formulae as percentages (i.e. 5 per cent. will be included in the
formula as 5 and not as 0.05). A negative result obtained by subtracting D from B shall be taken as zero. The resulting figures shall be rounded to four decimal places. 

 

	7.	 If requested by the Agent, each Reference Bank shall, as soon as practicable after publication by the Financial Services Authority, supply to the
Agent, the rate of charge payable by that Reference Bank to the Financial Services Authority pursuant to the Fees Rules in respect of the relevant financial year of the Financial Services Authority (calculated for this purpose by that Reference Bank
as being the average of the Fee Tariffs applicable to that Reference Bank for that financial year) and expressed in pounds per £1,000,000 of the Tariff Base of that Reference Bank. 

 

	8.	 Each Lender shall supply any information required by the Agent for the purpose of calculating its Additional Cost Rate. In particular, but without
limitation, each Lender shall supply the following information on or prior to the date on which it becomes a Lender: 

  

	 	(a)	 the jurisdiction of its Facility Office; and 

  

	 	(b)	 any other information that the Agent may reasonably require for such purpose. 

Each Lender shall promptly notify the Agent of any change to the information provided by it pursuant to this paragraph.

  

	9.	 The percentages of each Lender for the purpose of A and C above and the rates of charge of each Reference Bank for the purpose of E above shall be
determined by the Agent based upon the information supplied to it pursuant to paragraphs 7 and 8 above and on the assumption that, unless a Lender notifies the Agent to the contrary, each Lender’s obligations in relation to cash ratio deposits
and Special Deposits are the same as those of a typical bank from its jurisdiction of incorporation with a Facility Office in the same jurisdiction as its Facility Office. 

  
 
 99
/112 

	10.	 The Agent shall have no liability to any person if such determination results in an Additional Cost Rate which over or under compensates any Lender
and shall be entitled to assume that the information provided by any Lender or Reference Bank pursuant to paragraphs 3, 7 and 8 above is true and correct in all respects. 

 

	11.	 The Agent shall distribute the additional amounts received as a result of the Mandatory Cost to the Lenders on the basis of the Additional Cost Rate
for each Lender based on the information provided by each Lender and each Reference Bank pursuant to paragraphs 3, 7 and 8 above. 

  

	12.	 Any determination by the Agent pursuant to this Schedule in relation to a formula, the Mandatory Cost, an Additional Cost Rate or any amount payable
to a Lender shall, in the absence of manifest error, be conclusive and binding on all Parties. 

  

	13.	 The Agent may from time to time, after consultation with the Parent and the Lenders, determine and notify to all Parties any amendments which are
required to be made to this Schedule in order to comply with any change in law, regulation or any requirements from time to time imposed by the Bank of England, the Financial Services Authority or the European Central Bank (or, in any case, any
other authority which replaces all or any of its functions) and any such determination shall, in the absence of manifest error, be conclusive and binding on all Parties. 

  
 
 100
/112 

 SCHEDULE 8 
 CONDITIONS PRECEDENT DOCUMENTS 
 PART 1 

(in respect of the first Utilisation) 
  

	1.	 In respect of each Original Obligor, copies of: 

  

	 	(a)	 its memorandum and articles of association, by-laws or similar documentation; 

 

	 	(b)	 updated certificate of registration, certificate of good standing or similar documentation; 

 

	 	(c)	 a resolution of its board of directors authorising the execution of this Agreement and the other Finance Documents to which it is a party;

  

	 	(d)	 if not included in the resolutions referred to in sub-paragraph (c) above, a power of attorney to its representatives for the execution and
registration of this Agreement and the other Finance Documents to which it is a party; 

  

	 	(e)	 if required under applicable law, a resolution of its shareholders approving the terms of, and the transactions contemplated by, the Finance
Documents to which it is a party; 

  

	 	(f)	 such other documents and evidence as the Agent (or any Lender through the Agent) shall from time to time require, based on law and regulations
applicable from time to time and the Lenders’ own internal guidelines applicable from time to time to identify the Obligors and any other identification or similar document any lender may reasonably require in order to satisfy any “know
your customer” requirements applicable to such Lender; and 

  

	 	(g)	 a specimen of the signature of each person authorised by the resolutions referred to in paragraph (c) above and each person authorised to sign
Utilisation Requests and/or Selection Notices. 

  

	2.	 A certificate of the Parent (signed by a director) confirming that borrowing or guaranteeing, as appropriate, the Total Commitments would not cause
any borrowing, guaranteeing or similar limit binding on any Original Obligor to be exceeded. 

  

	3.	 A certificate of an authorised signatory of the relevant Original Obligor certifying that each copy document relating to it specified in this Part 1
of Schedule 8 is correct, complete and in full force and effect as at a date no earlier than the date of this Agreement. 

  

	4.	 The Fee Letter duly signed by the Parent and evidence that all fees due and payable under the Agreement on or before the first Utilisation Date have
been paid or will be paid on or before the first Utilisation Date. 

  

	5.	 Confirmation of acceptance from the Borrowers to the Agent’s letter in respect of effective annual interest. 

 

	6.	 Accession to this Agreement by sufficient Additional Guarantors in order to ensure compliance with paragraph (a) of Clause 23.14
(Guarantors). 

  
 
 101
/112 

  

	7.	 In respect of the Security Documents: 

  

	 	(a)	 the Intra-Group Loan Assignments duly executed by the relevant Obligors; 

 

	 	(b)	 the notices of assignment and acknowledgements and consents required to be executed under the Intra-Group Loan Assignments, duly executed;

  

	 	(c)	 the Share Pledge Agreements duly executed by the relevant Obligors; and 

 

	 	(d)	 the notices of pledge and acknowledgements thereof required to be executed under the Share Pledge Agreements, duly executed, delivery of share
certificates and any other acts of perfection required to be made thereunder, duly performed, and in respect of each Obligor incorporated in Norway, a certified copy of the shareholder register of each such Obligor evidencing that the pledge of its
shares under the relevant Share Pledge Agreement has been duly registered. 

  

	8.	 Evidence that the Existing Parent Facility has been cancelled in full and that all amounts outstanding in respect thereof have been or will be
repaid at the latest simultaneously with the first Utilisation under this Agreement. 

  

	9.	 A copy of each loan and/or other credit agreement entered into in respect of any loans and/or credits made by an Original Obligor to any other
member of the Group in an aggregate principal amount exceeding USD 10,000,000. 

  

	10.	 A copy of the Original Financial Statement of each Original Obligor. 

 

	11.	 A copy of the Merger Agreement. 

  

	12.	 Evidence that any process agent referred to in Clause 40.2 (Service of process), if not an Original Obligor, has accepted its appointment.

  

	13.	 Favourable legal opinions in form and substance satisfactory to the Agent from lawyers appointed by the Agent on matters concerning all relevant
jurisdictions. 

  

	14.	 A copy of any other Authorisation or other document, opinion or assurance which the Agent considers to be necessary or desirable (if it has notified
the Parent accordingly) in connection with the entry into and performance of the transactions contemplated by any Finance Document or for the validity and enforceability of any Finance Document. 

  
 
 102
/112 

 PART 2 
 (in respect of the first Utilisation of Facility B and Facility C) 
  

	1.	 Evidence that the Parent has become the direct or indirect owner of at least 90 per cent. of all outstanding and issued shares in ALY.

  

	2.	 Accession to this Agreement by sufficient Additional Guarantors in order to ensure compliance with paragraph (b) of Clause 23.14
(Guarantors). 

  

	3.	 A certificate signed by the chief financial officer of the Parent confirming that all relevant antitrust approval and clearances have been obtained
in respect of the Acquisition and that all such approvals and clearances remain in full force and effect. 

  

	4.	 Evidence that the Existing ALY Facility referred to in paragraph (i) of the definition of Existing ALY Facilities has been cancelled in full
and that all amounts outstanding in respect thereof have been or will be repaid at the latest simultaneously with the first Utilisation of Facility B or Facility C, and evidence that the other Existing ALY Facilities have been cancelled in full and
that all amounts outstanding in respect thereof have been or will be repaid at the latest simultaneously with the first Utilisation of Facility B or Facility C or that they have been permitted by the relevant creditors to continue following the
completion of the Acquisition. 

  
 
 103
/112 

 PART 3 
 (in respect of each Additional Obligor) 
  

	1.	 An Accession Letter, duly executed by the Additional Obligor and the Parent. 

 

	2.	 In respect of the Additional Obligor, certified copies of: 

 

	 	(a)	 its memorandum and articles of association, by-laws or similar documentation; 

 

	 	(b)	 updated certificate of registration, certificate of good standing or similar documentation; 

 

	 	(c)	 a resolution of its board of directors authorising the execution of the Accession Letter and the other Finance Documents to which it is a party;

  

	 	(d)	 if not included in the resolutions referred to in sub-paragraph (c) above, a power of attorney to its representatives for the execution and
registration of the Accession Letter and the other Finance Documents to which it is a party; 

  

	 	(e)	 if required under applicable law, a resolution of its shareholders approving the terms of, and the transactions contemplated by, the Accession
Letter and the other Finance Documents to which it is a party; 

  

	 	(f)	 such other documents and evidence as the Agent (or any Lender through the Agent) shall from time to time require, based on law and regulations
applicable from time to time and the Lenders’ own internal guidelines applicable from time to time to identify the Additional Obligor; and 

  

	 	(g)	 a specimen of the signature of each person authorised by the resolutions referred to in paragraph (c) above. 

 

	3.	 A certificate of the Additional Obligor (signed by a director) confirming that borrowing or guaranteeing, as appropriate, the Total Commitments
would not cause any borrowing, guaranteeing or similar limit binding on it to be exceeded. 

  

	4.	 A certificate of an authorised signatory of the Additional Obligor certifying that each copy document listed in this Part 3 of Schedule 8 is
correct, complete and in full force and effect as at a date no earlier than the date of the Accession Letter. 

  

	5.	 The Share Pledge Agreement in respect of all shares outstanding and issued by it duly executed by its shareholder(s), together with the notices of
pledge and acknowledgements thereof required to be executed thereunder, duly executed, delivery of share certificates and any other acts of perfection required to be made thereunder, duly performed, and in respect of each Additional Obligor
incorporated in Norway, a certified copy of the shareholder register of each such Additional Obligor evidencing that the pledge of its shares under the relevant Share Pledge Agreement has been duly registered. 

 

	6.	 A copy of each loan and/or other credit agreement entered into in respect of any loans and/or credits made by the Additional Obligor to any other
member of the Group in an aggregate principal amount exceeding USD 10,000,000. 

  

	7.	 The Intra-Group Loan Assignment in respect of any such loans and/or credits duly executed by the Additional Obligor, together with the notices of
assignment and acknowledgements and consents required to be executed thereunder, duly executed. 

  
 
 104
/112 

  

	8.	 If available, the latest audited financial statements of the Additional Obligor. 

 

	9.	 If the proposed Additional Obligor is incorporated in a jurisdiction other than Norway, evidence that the process agent specified in Clause 40.2
(Service of process), if not an Obligor, has accepted its appointment in relation to the proposed Additional Obligor. 

  

	10.	 Favourable legal opinions in form and substance satisfactory to the Agent from lawyers appointed by the Agent on matters concerning all relevant
jurisdictions. 

  

	11.	 A copy of any other Authorisation or other document, opinion or assurance which the Agent considers to be necessary or desirable in connection with
the entry into and performance of the transactions contemplated by the Accession Letter or for the validity and enforceability of any Finance Document. 

  
 
 105
/112 

 SCHEDULE 9 
 FORM OF 
 INCREASE CONFIRMATION 

 

	To:	 Danske Bank A/S as Agent and Seawell Limited as Parent, for and on behalf of each Borrower 

 

	From:	 [The Increase Lender] (the “Increase Lender”) 

 

	Dated:	 [                    ]

 USD 550,000,000 MULTICURRENCY TERM AND REVOLVING FACILITIES AGREEMENT DATED 11 NOVEMBER 2010 (THE “AGREEMENT”)

  

	1.	 We refer to the Facility Agreement. This agreement (the “Agreement”) shall take effect as an Increase Confirmation for the purpose
of the Facility Agreement. Terms defined in the Facility Agreement have the same meaning in this Agreement unless given a different meaning in this Agreement. 

 

	2.	 We refer to Clause 2.2 (Increase) of the Facility Agreement. 

 

	3.	 The Increase Lender agrees to assume and will assume all of the obligations corresponding to the Commitment specified in the Schedule (the
“Relevant Commitment”) as if it was an Original Lender under the Facility Agreement. 

  

	4.	 The proposed date on which the increase in relation to the Increase Lender and the Relevant Commitment is to take effect (the “Increase
Date”) is [                    ]. 

  

	5.	 On the Increase Date, the Increase Lender becomes party to the relevant Finance Documents as a Lender. 

 

	6.	 The Facility Office and address, fax number and attention details for notices to the Increase Lender for the purposes of Clause 32.2
(Addresses) are set out in the Schedule. 

  

	7.	 The Increase Lender expressly acknowledges the limitations on the Lenders’ obligations referred to in paragraph (f) of Clause 2.2
(Increase). 

  

	8.	 This Agreement may be executed in any number of counterparts and this has the same effect as if the signatures on the counterparts were on a single
copy of this Agreement. 

  

	9.	 This Agreement is governed by Norwegian law. 

  

	10.	 This Agreement has been entered into on the date stated at the beginning of this Agreement. 

 

	Note:	 The execution of this Increase Confirmation may not be sufficient for the Increase Lender to obtain the benefit of the Transaction Security in
all jurisdictions. It is the responsibility of the Increase Lender to ascertain whether any other documents or other formalities are required to obtain the benefit of the Transaction Security in any jurisdiction and, if so, to arrange for execution
of those documents and completion of those formalities. 

  
 
 106
/112 

 THE SCHEDULE 
 Relevant Commitment/rights and obligations to be assumed by the Increase Lender 
 [insert relevant details] 
 [Facility office address, fax number and
attention details for notices and account details for payments] 
 [Increase Lender] 

By: 
 Name: 

Title: 
 This Agreement is
accepted as an Increase Confirmation for the purposes of the Facility Agreement by the Agent and the Increase Date is confirmed as [    ]. 
 Danske Bank A/S 
 By: 
 Name: 
 Title: 

  
 
 107
/112 

 SCHEDULE 10 
 FORM OF 
 COMPLIANCE CERTIFICATE 

 

	To:	 Danske Bank A/S as Agent 

 Telefax: +44 20 7410 8008 
 Attn: Agency Department 

 

	Date:	 [                    ]

 USD 550,000,000 MULTICURRENCY TERM AND REVOLVING FACILITIES AGREEMENT DATED 11 NOVEMBER 2010 (THE “AGREEMENT”)

 We refer to Clause 21.2 (Compliance Certificate) of the Agreement. Terms used in this Compliance Certificate have
the same meanings as in the Agreement. 
 The undersigned, being [    ], hereby confirms that the Obligors
are in compliance with the financial covenants set out in Clause 22 (Financial covenants), that no Event of Default set out in Clause 24 (Event of Default) has occurred or is threatened and that the representations and warranties set
out in Clause 20 (Representations and warranties) are true in all respects. 
 Enclosed are copies of the [audited
consolidated financial statements of the Parent and the audited financial statements of each other Obligor for the financial year ending 31 December [        ] / unaudited consolidated quarterly financial
statements of the Parent and the quarterly financial statements of each other Obligor for the financial quarter ending [     ]] and the relevant calculations demonstrating compliance with financial covenants. 

The following Subsidiaries are Material Subsidiaries at the date hereof, and we confirm that any new Material Subsidiaries have acceded
to the Agreement as Additional Guarantors: 
 [Insert names of all Material Subsidiaries] 

By: 
 SEAWELL LIMITED 

Name: 

  
 
 108
/112 

 FINANCIAL COVENANTS 

[quarter] [year] 
 Gearing ratio: 
  

							
	 EBITDA (a)
	  	 USD
	  		  	
				
	 Gross Interest Bearing Debt
 - Cash and Cash Equivalents
 =Net Interest Bearing Debt (b)
	  	 USD
 USD
 USD
	  		  	
				
	 Ratio (b)/(a)
	  		  		  	
		  		  	 	  	

 Requirement: Ratio not to exceed 3.00 

Equity ratio: 
  

							
	 Total Equity (c)
	  	 USD
	  		  	
	 Total Assets (d)
	  	 USD
	  		  	
				
	 Ratio (c)/(d)
	  		  		  	
		  		  	 	  	

 Requirement: Ratio to be at least 0.30 

Free cash: 
  

							
	 Cash in hand or on deposit
	  	 USD
	  		  	
	 Cash equivalents
	  	 USD
	  		  	
				
	 Cash and Cash Equivalents
	  		  		  	
		  		  	 	  	

 Requirement: To be the higher of (i) USD 30,000,000 and (ii) five (5) per cent. of Net Interest
Bearing Debt 
 Capital Expenditure: 
  

							
	 Capital Expenditure
	  	 USD
	  		  	
		  		  	 	  	

 Requirement: Maximum [USD]/[NOK] [    ] 

Calculation in respect of Material Subsidiaries: 

  
 
 109
/112 

 SCHEDULE 11 
 LIST OF 
 FINANCIAL INDEBTEDNESS IN ALY 

 

	1.	 Indebtedness under the 2014 Notes. 

  

	2.	 Indebtedness under the 2017 Notes. 

  

	3.	 Indebtedness under the Existing ALY Facilities. 

  
 
 110
/112 

 SIGNATORIES 

 

			
	The Original Borrower:
	
	Seawell Limited
		
	 By:
	 	 /s/ Ellen Teresa Heyerdahl

	 Name:
	 	 Ellen Teresa Heyerdahl

	 Title:
	 	 Attorney-in-Fact

	
	The Original Guarantor:
	
	Seawell Limited
		
	 By:
	 	 /s/ Ellen Teresa Heyerdahl

	 Name:
	 	 Ellen Teresa Heyerdahl

	 Title:
	 	 Attorney-in-Fact

	
	The Agent:
	
	Danske Bank A/S
		
	 By:
	 	 /s/ Johan Rasmussen

	 Name:
	 	 Johan Rasmussen

	 Title:
	 	 Attorney-in-Fact

	
	The Arrangers:
	
	Danske Bank A/S
		
	 By:
	 	 /s/ Johan Rasmussen

	 Name:
	 	 Johan Rasmussen

	 Title:
	 	 Attorney-in-Fact

	
	DnB NOR Bank ASA
		
	 By:
	 	 /s/ Johan Rasmussen

	 Name:
	 	 Johan Rasmussen

	 Title:
	 	 Attorney-in-Fact

	
	Nordea Bank Norge ASA
		
	 By:
	 	 /s/ Johan Rasmussen

	 Name:
	 	 Johan Rasmussen

	 Title:
	 	 Attorney-in-Fact

	
	Swedbank AB (publ)
		
	 By:
	 	 /s/ Johan Rasmussen

	 Name:
	 	 Johan Rasmussen

	 Title:
	 	 Attorney-in-Fact

  
 
 111
/112 

  

			
	 The Original Lenders:

	
	 Fokus Bank, Norwegian Branch of Danske Bank A/S

		
	 By:
	 	 /s/ Johan Rasmussen

	 Name:
	 	 Johan Rasmussen

	 Title:
	 	 Attorney-in-Fact

	
	 DnB NOR Bank ASA

		
	 By:
	 	 /s/ Johan Rasmussen

	 Name:
	 	 Johan Rasmussen

	 Title:
	 	 Attorney-in-Fact

	
	 Nordea Bank Norge ASA

		
	 By:
	 	 /s/ Johan Rasmussen

	 Name:
	 	 Johan Rasmussen

	 Title:
	 	 Attorney-in-Fact

	
	 Swedbank AB (publ)

		
	 By:
	 	 /s/ Johan Rasmussen

	 Name:
	 	 Johan Rasmussen

	 Title:
	 	 Attorney-in-Fact

  
 
 112
/112

Source: [{"source": "alea-institute/alea-institute/kl3m-data-edgar-agreements/train-00183-of-00352.parquet"}, [{"source": "alea-institute/alea-institute/kl3m-data-edgar-agreements/train-00183-of-00352.parquet"}]]